WO2022127777A1 - 一种通信方法及通信装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022127777A1
WO2022127777A1 PCT/CN2021/137851 CN2021137851W WO2022127777A1 WO 2022127777 A1 WO2022127777 A1 WO 2022127777A1 CN 2021137851 W CN2021137851 W CN 2021137851W WO 2022127777 A1 WO2022127777 A1 WO 2022127777A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
message
connection
relay
indication
reason
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/137851
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
姚楚婷
徐海博
才宇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21905706.4A priority Critical patent/EP4247105A4/en
Publication of WO2022127777A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022127777A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/22Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing using selective relaying for reaching a BTS [Base Transceiver Station] or an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/19Connection re-establishment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • relay In the presently proposed user equipment (UE) relay (relay) technology, there is a relay method, which is visible to the RAN by a remote (remote) UE.
  • the remote UE can switch the communication link.
  • This form of relay enables the remote UE to establish a connection with the access network device through the relay UE and enjoy the services provided by the access network.
  • the layer 2 (layer2, L2) remote UE can be in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the relay UE can help the remote UE to perform paging monitoring, so as to save the power of the remote UE. consumption.
  • the relay UE and the remote UE need to be in the same RAN-based notification area (RNA) based on the radio access network (RAN) to ensure network equipment. Able to find remote UE. If the relay UE and the remote UE are not in the same RNA, the relay UE needs to inform the network device to update the RNA registered by the relay UE. Similarly, if the remote UE is also moved out of the corresponding area, in order for the remote UE to be found by the network, the remote UE needs to update the RNA.
  • RNA RAN-based notification area
  • RAN radio access network
  • the relay UE Whether the relay UE updates the RNA by itself or updates the RNA for the remote UE, it needs to establish a connection with the network device.
  • the reason carried by the relay UE requesting to establish or restore the connection with the network device cannot indicate the true intention of the relay UE to establish or restore the connection. That is, the network device does not know the real intention of the relay UE to perform RRC resume. For example, the network device does not know whether the relay UE is requesting to resume the connection because of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE needs to re-enter the connected state, that is, the random access process is performed multiple times, which needs to involve more signaling interactions, and the signaling overhead is large.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, so that a network device can determine the real reason why the relay UE establishes a connection or restores the connection, and allows the relay UE to be in a connected state or an inactive state selectively, so as to avoid the relay UE repeating multiple times. Enter the connected state to save signaling overhead.
  • a first communication method is provided, the method can be executed by a first communication apparatus, and the first communication apparatus may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the first communication apparatus may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be given by taking the communication device as the first device (relay UE) as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first device generates a first message and sends the first message to the network device, where the first message is used to restore the connection between the first device and the network device, and the first message also indicates the reason for the first device to restore the connection; wherein , the sending of the first message is triggered by the second device sending the RNA update, or the connection restored by the first device is used for the second device to update the RNA (it can also be considered that the first message is used for the second device to update the RNA).
  • the first device may send the first message to the network device because the second device updates the RNA, that is, a message requesting to resume the connection with the network device.
  • the reason for the first device to resume the connection indicated by the first message can be set according to the second device's RNA update or to update the second device's RNA, so that the network device can determine the real reason for the first device to resume the connection, for example, because the second device and restore the connection. Therefore, the network device can selectively make the first device in the connected state or the inactive state according to the real reason for the first device to restore the connection.
  • the network device can make the first device in the connected state, which can prevent the first device from repeatedly entering the connected state because of the second device’s services. Save signaling overhead.
  • the network device may make the first device in an inactive state to save power consumption of the first device.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason why the first device resumes the connection. In this way, the reason for restoring the connection of the first device can be indicated through the first indication, which is simple and direct.
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to resume the connection
  • the second indication is used to indicate whether the first device resumes the connection for the second device.
  • two-level causes can be indicated through the first indication and the second indication.
  • the first indication can be used to indicate that the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is a business reason
  • the second indication can be used to indicate whether the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is because of itself or because of the remote UE.
  • the first message is sent through a first common control channel (CCCH), and is used to instruct the first device to restore the connection for the second device.
  • CCCH first common control channel
  • This method indicates that the first device is to restore the connection for the second device by sending the specific logical channel of the first message.
  • the network device can determine whether the first device restores the connection for the second device according to the CCCH sent the first message. That is, instead of instructing the first device to resume the connection through the recovery request message of the first device, the reason that the first device cannot be instructed to resume the connection due to the limited size of the recovery request message can be avoided.
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH to instruct the first device to resume the connection for the second device, and the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to resume the connection.
  • the first indication is also used to indicate the reason why the first device resumes the connection. It can not only avoid the reason that the first device cannot be instructed to resume the connection due to the limited size of the resume request message, but also can instruct the first device through the first indication what kind of service the first device should specifically resume the connection.
  • the first message is sent by the resource included in the random access response message received by the first device.
  • the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to indicate the first message.
  • the device performs random access for the second device. In this manner, by sending the resources of the first message to indicate the reason for the first device to resume the connection, it is possible to avoid the reason that the first device cannot be instructed to resume the connection due to the limited size of the resume request message.
  • the first message is sent by the first device receiving the resources included in the random access response message, the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to resume the connection, wherein, Before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to instruct the first device to perform random access for the second device.
  • This method indicates the reason for the first device to resume the connection by sending the resources of the first message and the first indication included in the first message, which can avoid the reason that the first device cannot be instructed to resume the connection due to the limited size of the recovery request message, In addition, the first device may be instructed by the first indication which service should be specifically used to restore the connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device receives a second message from the second device, where the second message is used to indicate that the second device needs to update the RNA.
  • the second device can trigger the first device to send the first message to the network device through the second message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device determines to send the first message to the network device.
  • the first device determines that the first device and the second device are not located in the same RNA, the first device determines that the second device may need to update the RNA subsequently.
  • the first device may send a first message to the second device in preparation for the second device to update the RNA.
  • the first device can enter the connected state in advance, which reduces the delay of subsequent RNA updates by the second device.
  • the second message includes the RAN-Areacode included in the RNA of the second device; or, the second message includes the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the second device currently resides.
  • the solution enumerates two implementations in which the second message indicates the RNA of the second device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device broadcasts a fifth message, where the fifth message includes the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the first device resides.
  • the first device may broadcast a fifth message. In this way, the second device can prevent the second device from requesting the first device that is not located in the same RNA as itself to help monitor the paging, and ensure the reliability of the first device helping the second device to monitor the paging.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device receives a fourth message from the second device, where the fourth message carries the first paging parameter, and the first paging parameter is used by the first device to monitor for the second device from the network Device paging.
  • the paging parameters used for monitoring paging may change.
  • the second device updates the RNA, it can inform the first device about the relevant paging parameters after updating the RNA, and subsequently request the first device to help the second device monitor paging, so as to avoid the first device from missing listening to the second device belonging to the second device. Device paging.
  • the fourth message further carries a second paging parameter
  • the second paging parameter is used by the first device to monitor the paging from the core network device for the second device.
  • the second device updates the RNA
  • it can notify the first device of the second paging parameters after updating the RNA, and subsequently request the first device to help the second device monitor the paging from the core network device, so as to avoid the first device from missing the Paging of the second device.
  • the fourth message also carries the updated RNA of the second device.
  • the second device can notify the first device of the updated RNA, so that the first device can judge the valid RNA of the second device in advance according to the updated RNA of the second device, so as to determine whether the second device needs to perform RANU in the future. If the second device needs to perform the RANU later, the first device can enter the connected state in advance, thereby saving the delay of the second device performing the RNAU.
  • the fourth message is further used to indicate that the second device has completed the RNA update, and the first device can request the network to release the RRC connection of the first device, so that the first device can quickly enter the idle state or Inactive state, thereby saving the energy consumption of the first device.
  • the first indication may reuse the existing reasons for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the second device, and may also introduce a new reason for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the first device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connected state, that is, to implicitly indicate that the first device may resume the connection because of the second device; or,
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication may reuse the existing reasons for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the first device, and may also introduce a new reason for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the first device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the first device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection: the first device does RNAU rna-Update and the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the first indication may be determined by an RRC layer of the first device, or determined by a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) of the first device, and indicated to the RRC layer.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first indication is sent by the NAS layer of the first device to the RRC layer of the first device when the first device determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • the first indication is determined by the RRC layer of the first device when the first device determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • the channel for sending the first message is determined by the RRC layer of the first device when the first device determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • the first message further includes auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the first device needs to update the RNA for the at least one second device. Even if the second device needs to update the RNA, after the first device requests to restore the connection with the network device, the first device may not enter the connection state.
  • the network device may configure the uplink grant resource of the first device for the first device to transmit the auxiliary information of the second device, so as to realize the RNAU of the second device.
  • the auxiliary information can also inform the network device whether there is a second device that needs to update RNA subsequently, so that the network device can reasonably allocate the uplink authorization resources for transmitting the auxiliary information of the second device for the first device, and improve the second device. The success rate of updating RNA.
  • auxiliary information indicates that the first device needs to update RNA for at least one second device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific manner used, which is more flexible.
  • the auxiliary information includes the recovery ID of the second device and the first indication, and the recovery request message of the second device can be directly sent to the network device to perform RNA update for the second device more quickly.
  • the auxiliary information includes the recovery ID of the second device and the first indication, and the auxiliary information further indicates that the first device needs to update RNA for at least one second device subsequently.
  • the auxiliary information may also include a fourth indication, where the fourth indication may occupy 1 bit and is used to indicate whether it is necessary to send an RNA update for another second device in the future. request; or, the fourth indication may occupy multiple bits, which are used to indicate the number of second devices that need to perform RNAU subsequently.
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the first device needs to update RNA for at least one second device subsequently.
  • the auxiliary information itself is used as an indication, which can be indicated by occupying less bits, which can save the overhead of the first message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device receives an RRC release message from the network device, where the RRC release message is used to instruct the first device and the second device to enter an RRC inactive state. If the network device determines that the second device has finished updating the RNA, the network device may instruct the first device and the second device to enter an RRC inactive state, so as to save power consumption of the first device and the second device.
  • the RRC release message includes release configuration information of the second device and identification information of the second device.
  • the RRC release message sent by the network device to the first device may include the RRC release message of the second device.
  • the first device receives the RRC release message, it does not parse the RRC release message of the second device, and can directly parse the RRC release message of the second device. forwarded to the second device.
  • the RRC release message sent by the network device to the first device may include release configuration information of the second device and identification information of the second device, and the first device may release the configuration information of the second device according to the identification information of the second device. sent to the corresponding second device.
  • the identification information of the second device may be implemented in multiple manners, for example, including one or more of the following information:
  • Recovery ID of the second device inactive radio network temporary identifier (I-RNTI) of the second device, 5G serving-temporary mobile subscription identifier (5G serving-temporary mobile subscription identifier) of the second device , 5G-S-TMSI), the 5G globally unique temporary identity (5G-globally unique temporary identity, 5G-GUTI) of the second device, etc.
  • I-RNTI inactive radio network temporary identifier
  • 5G serving-temporary mobile subscription identifier 5G serving-temporary mobile subscription identifier
  • 5G-S-TMSI 5G globally unique temporary identity
  • 5G-GUTI globally unique temporary identity
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device sends an RRC release message to the second device, where the RRC release message includes release configuration information of the second device. If the RRC release message sent by the network device to the first device carries the release configuration information of the second device, the first device can forward the release configuration information of the second device to the second device, so that the second device is in an idle state or inactive state, thereby saving the energy consumption of the second device.
  • a second communication method is provided, the method can be executed by a second communication apparatus, and the second communication apparatus may be a communication apparatus or a communication apparatus capable of supporting the functions required by the communication apparatus to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be given by taking the communication device as a network device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device receives the first message from the first device, and determines, according to the first message, that the first device establishes or restores the connection because of the service of the second device, wherein the first message is used to establish or restore the connection with the network device, and the first The message is also used to indicate the reason why the first device establishes or restores the connection, and the second device is a terminal device that connects to the network device through the first device.
  • the network device may determine, according to the first message, that the first device establishes a connection or restores a connection because of the service of the second device, and thus determines to keep the first device in the connected state to reduce the number of times the first device enters the connected state because of the service of the second device. , to avoid unnecessary waste of signaling.
  • the network device determines, according to the first message, that the reason why the first device establishes or restores the connection is that the second device performs RNAU, and the network device instructs the first device to remain in the RRC connected state or the RRC inactive state; or , the network device determines, according to the first message, that the reason why the first device establishes or restores the connection is that the first device performs RNAU.
  • the network device determines, according to the first message, that the first device establishes a connection or restores a connection because of the service of the second device. For example, there is one determination method.
  • the first message instructs the second device to perform RNAU, which is straightforward.
  • RNAU Another way of determining that the first message instructs the first device to perform RNAU.
  • the first device performs RNAU, considering that the first device helps the second device to monitor paging and is related to RNA, the first device performs RNAU, and the second device also performs RNAU.
  • RNAU may be performed.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate a reason for the first device to establish or restore the connection; or,
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason why the first device establishes or resumes the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the first device establishes or resumes the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH and is used to instruct the first device to establish or restore a connection for the second device, the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish or resume the connection; or,
  • the first message is sent by the first device receiving the resources included in the random access response message, and the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish or restore the connection, wherein the first message is sent Before, the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to instruct the first device to perform random access for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the first device to establish or restore a connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent by the resource included in the random access response message received by the first device, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to instruct the first device to perform for the second device. random access.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in the RRC connected state; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (ro-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (ro-VoiceCall), a video (ro-VideoCall), or a short message (ro-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device is paged to access (rt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in the RRC connected state, and the network device determines that the first device remains in the RRC connected state.
  • the first message further includes auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the first device needs to update the RNA for the at least one second device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the first device, where the RRC release message is used to instruct the first device and the second device to enter an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC release message includes release configuration information of the second device and identification information of the second device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device configures an uplink grant resource for the first device, and the uplink grant resource is used by the first device to send auxiliary information of the second device, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the first device needs to update RNA for at least one second device .
  • the network device can configure resources for the first device for sending auxiliary information of the second device, so that the RNA of the second device can be updated without the first device entering the connected state.
  • a third communication method is provided, the method can be executed by a third communication apparatus, and the third communication apparatus may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device as a second device (remote UE) as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the second device sends a second message and a fourth message to the first device, where the second message is used to indicate that the second device needs to update the RNA, and the fourth message carries the first paging parameter, and the first paging parameter is used for the first paging parameter.
  • a device listens for pages from a network device for a second device. After the second device updates the RNA, it can send the first paging parameters after updating the RNA to the first device, so that the first device can help the second device to monitor the paging from the network device according to the correct paging parameters, thereby avoiding leakage Listen to paging.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second device receives a fifth message from at least one first device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the RNA corresponding to the first device; the second device selects a certain RNA from the at least one first device according to the RNA of each first device first device.
  • Each first device can broadcast its own RNA, so as to prevent the second device from selecting the first device that is not located in the same RNA as the second device to provide relay services, and to ensure that the second device selects the first device that can provide relay services for it. equipment.
  • the fourth message further carries a second paging parameter, and the second paging parameter is used to monitor the paging from the core network device.
  • the second device updates the RNA
  • it can send the second paging parameters after updating the RNA to the first device, so that the first device can help the second device to monitor the paging from the core network device according to the correct paging parameters, thereby avoiding Missed paging.
  • the fourth message may also instruct the second device to complete the RNAU, so that the first device can apply for release of the connection with the network device in time, thereby helping the first device to save energy consumption.
  • a fourth communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be given by taking the communication device as the first device (relay UE) as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first device receives a third message sent by the second device, and sends the first message to the network device, where the third message is used to instruct the second device to establish or resume a connection with the network device, and the first message is used by the first device to establish In connection with the network device, the first message is also used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish the connection, or the first message is used for the first device to resume the connection with the network device, and the first message is also used to instruct the first device to resume the connection. s reason.
  • the first device may request the network device to establish or restore a connection based on the trigger of the second device, and the first device may fill in the reason for establishing or restoring the connection with the network device according to the access reason of the second device. Therefore, by assisting the network device to reasonably configure the first device, it is possible to prevent the network device from performing erroneous processing because the network device cannot distinguish whether the access reason of the first device is due to the first device or the second device.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish or restore the connection.
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish or restore the connection
  • the second indication is used to indicate whether the first device is establishing or restoring the connection for the second device. Restore the connection.
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH to instruct the first device to establish or restore a connection for the second device.
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH and is used to instruct the first device to establish or restore a connection for the second device.
  • the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to instruct the first device to establish a connection or Reason for restoring the connection.
  • the first message is sent by the first device receiving the resources included in the random access response message, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to indicate The first device performs random access for the second device.
  • the sixth indication mode the first message is sent by the first device receiving the resources included in the random access response message, the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish a connection or restore the connection , wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to instruct the first device to perform random access for the second device.
  • the first indication may reuse the existing reasons for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the second device, and may also introduce a new reason for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the first device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in the RRC connected state
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (ro-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (ro-VoiceCall), a video (ro-VideoCall), or a short message (ro-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the second device is paged to access (rt-Access) rt-Access; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication may reuse the existing reasons for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the second device, and may also introduce a new reason for restoring the connection or establishing the connection of the first device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the first device to initiate signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the first device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection: the first device does RNAU rna-Update and the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the first indication may be determined by an RRC layer of the first device, or determined by a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) of the first device, and indicated to the RRC layer.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first indication is sent by the NAS layer of the first device to the RRC layer of the first device when the first device determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • the first indication is determined by the RRC layer of the first device when the first device determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data; or,
  • the channel for sending the first message is determined by the RRC layer of the first device when the first device determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • a fifth communication method is provided, the method can be executed by a second communication apparatus, and the second communication apparatus may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device as a network device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device receives the first message from the first device, and determines according to the first message that the first device establishes or restores a connection due to the service of the second device, where the first message is used for the first device to establish or restore a connection with the network device.
  • the first message is also used to indicate the reason why the first device establishes or restores the connection
  • the second device is a terminal device that connects to the network device through the first device.
  • the network device may determine, according to the first message, that the first device establishes a connection or restores a connection because of the service of the second device, thereby determining to keep the first device in the connected state to reduce the number of times the first device enters the connected state because of the service of the second device. , to avoid unnecessary waste of signaling.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for establishing the connection or the reason for resuming the connection by the first device.
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for establishing the connection or the reason for resuming the connection by the first device
  • the second indication is used to indicate whether the first device is for the second indication.
  • the device establishes a connection or resumes a connection.
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH to instruct the first device to establish or restore a connection for the second device.
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH and is used to instruct the first device to establish or restore the connection for the second device.
  • the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to instruct the first device to establish a connection. or the reason for restoring the connection.
  • the first message is sent by the resource included in the random access response message received by the first device.
  • the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to indicate the first message.
  • the device performs random access for the second device.
  • the first message is sent by the first device receiving the resources included in the random access response message, the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish a connection or restore the connection , wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the first device to the network device is used to instruct the first device to perform random access for the second device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in the RRC connected state; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (ro-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (ro-VoiceCall), a video (ro-VideoCall), or a short message (ro-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the second device is paged to access (rt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the first device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection: the first device does RNAU rna-Update and the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • a sixth communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a third communication device, which can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • a third communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the communication device to implement the method, such as a chip system.
  • the following description will be given by taking the communication device as a second device (remote UE) as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the second device generates a third message, and sends the third message to the first device, where the third message is used to instruct the second device to establish or resume the connection with the network device, and the third message is also used to instruct the second device to establish a connection the reason or the reason to restore the connection.
  • the second device needs to establish or restore a connection with the network device, it can trigger the first device to establish a connection with the network device, and provide it with a relay service through the first device.
  • the third message may carry the reason for establishing the connection or the reason for resuming the connection by the second device, and assist the first device to fill in the reason for requesting the network device to establish the connection or to request the resumption of the connection.
  • the third message includes a third indication, wherein,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU rna-Update.
  • a communication apparatus is provided, for example, the communication apparatus is the first device of the first aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes, for example, a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module coupled to each other, and may also include a processing module coupled with the receiving module and/or the sending module.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the embodiment of the first aspect.
  • the processing module is configured to generate a first message, where the first message is used for the communication apparatus to restore the connection with the network device, and the first message also indicates the reason for the communication apparatus to restore the connection ;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a first message to the network device, wherein the sending of the first message is triggered by the second device sending the RNA update, or the connection restored by the communication device is used for the second device to update the RNA.
  • the communication apparatus has the function of implementing the behavior in the embodiment of the fourth aspect.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a third message sent by the second device, and the third message uses to instruct the second device to establish or restore a connection with the network device;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a first message to the network device, where the first message is used for the communication device to establish or restore a connection with the network device, and the first message is also used to instruct the communication device to establish or restore the connection s reason.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate a reason for the communication device to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus to resume the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the communication apparatus resumes the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus to resume the connection for the second device, and the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message is sent by the communication device receiving the resource included in the random access response message, the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication device to resume the connection, wherein the first message is sent
  • the random preamble sent by the communication device to the network device is used to instruct the communication device to perform random access for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus to restore the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resource included in the random access response message received by the communication device, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the communication device to the network device is used to indicate that the communication device is for the first message.
  • the second device performs random access.
  • a communication apparatus is provided, for example, the communication apparatus is the network device of the second aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the second aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes, for example, a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module coupled to each other, and may also include a processing module coupled with the receiving module and/or the sending module. These modules may execute For the corresponding functions in the method example of the second aspect or the fifth aspect, for details, refer to the detailed description in the method example.
  • the communication apparatus has the function of implementing the behavior in the embodiment of the second aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive the first message from the first device, The first message is used for the first device to establish or restore the connection with the communication device, and the first message is also used to indicate the reason for the first device to establish or restore the connection;
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the first device establishes or restores a connection due to the service of the second device, and the second device is a terminal device connected to the communication device through the first device.
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the processing module instructs the first device to remain in the RRC connected state or the RRC inactive state;
  • the reason for establishing or restoring the connection by the first device is that the first device performs RNAU.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication device to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus to resume the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the communication apparatus resumes the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus to resume the connection for the second device, and the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message is sent by the communication device receiving the resource included in the random access response message, the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication device to resume the connection, wherein the first message is sent
  • the random preamble sent by the communication device to the network device is used to instruct the communication device to perform random access for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus to restore the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resource included in the random access response message received by the communication device, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the communication device to the network device is used to indicate that the communication device is for the first message.
  • the second device performs random access.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in the RRC connected state; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (ro-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to initiate signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (ro-VoiceCall), a video (ro-VideoCall), or a short message (ro-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the second device is paged to access rt-Access; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to update RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the first device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection: the first device does RNAU rna-Update and the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • a communication apparatus is provided, for example, the communication apparatus is the second device of the third aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the third aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes, for example, a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module coupled to each other, and may also include a processing module coupled with the receiving module and/or the sending module.
  • the communication apparatus has the function of implementing the behavior in the embodiment of the third aspect.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a second message to the first device, where the second message is used for indicating that the communication device needs to update the RNA;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a fourth message to the first device, where the fourth message carries a first paging parameter, and the first paging parameter is used by the first device to monitor the paging from the network device for the second device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a fifth message from at least one first device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the RNA corresponding to the first device;
  • the processing module is further configured to select the first device from at least one first device according to the RNA of each first device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the embodiment of the sixth aspect.
  • the processing module is configured to generate a third message, where the third message is used to indicate the The communication device establishes or restores a connection with the network device, and the third message is also used to indicate the reason for the communication device to establish or restore the connection;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the third message to the first device.
  • the third message includes a third indication, wherein,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU rna-Update.
  • a communication device may be the first device in the above method embodiment or a chip provided in the first device; the communication device may also be the network device in the above method embodiment or a chip provided in the network device; the communication device It may also be the second device in the above method embodiment or a chip provided in the second device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface. When the processor executes the computer program or instructions, the communication device executes the method performed by the corresponding functional entity in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus when the processor executes the computer program or instruction, the communication apparatus is made to execute the method executed by the first device in the foregoing method embodiment; for example, when the processor executes the computer program or instruction, the communication apparatus is made to execute the foregoing method The method executed by the network device in the embodiment; for example, when the processor executes the computer program or instruction, the communication apparatus is made to execute the method executed by the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication interface in the communication device of the tenth aspect may be a transceiver in the communication device, for example, implemented by an antenna, a feeder, a codec, etc. in the communication device, or, if the communication device is provided in the communication device the chip, the communication interface can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins and so on.
  • a communication system comprising any of the communication devices described in the seventh aspect, any communication device described in the eighth aspect, and any communication device described in the ninth aspect. device.
  • the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for implementing the functions of the first device, the network device, or the second device in the methods of the above aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed in parallel, the first device or the network device or the second device in the above aspects is provided. The executed method is executed.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the first device or the network device or the second device in the above aspects is implemented. The method performed by the device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the application
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic flow chart of relay UE and remote UE updating registered TA or RNA;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the RNA where the remote UE and the relay UE are moved after the embodiment of the present application is provided;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a fourth communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device also referred to as user equipment (UE) in the embodiments of the present application is a device with a wireless transceiver function. ) communicates with the core network and exchanges voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal, an industrial control (industrial control) wireless terminals in ), wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety , wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • a virtual reality virtual reality, VR
  • augmented reality augmented reality
  • industrial control industrial control
  • the terminal equipment may include, for example, user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) ) terminal equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber Station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), customer station (customer premises equipment, CPE), fixed wireless access point Access (fixed wireless access, FWA), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • subscriber Station subscriber Station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote station
  • access point access point
  • AP remote terminal
  • CPE customer station
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • FWA fixed
  • these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like.
  • mobile telephones or "cellular" telephones
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc.
  • it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminals described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as on-board terminal equipment.
  • the on-board terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU) .
  • OBU on-board unit
  • all devices capable of accessing the RAN may be regarded as terminal devices, and the terminal devices may also include relays. It should be understood that one terminal device may perform data communication with the RAN device through another terminal device. In this case, the other terminal device may be referred to as a relay or relay terminal device. On the contrary, the one terminal device may be referred to as a relay or relay terminal device. For the remote terminal equipment.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of this application is an entity on the network side that is used to transmit and/or receive signals, and includes, for example, an access network (access network, AN) device, such as a base station (for example, an access network). point), which can refer to a device in the access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells over the air interface, or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology as a road Side unit (road side unit, RSU).
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • a base station is a device deployed in a wireless access network that meets the 4G or 5G standard and provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment. Routers between the rest, where the rest of the access network may include IP networks. The base station can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB) in the new radio (new radio, NR) system (also referred to as the NR system), or may also include a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network)
  • a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a network, Cloud RAN) system are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the access network device can also be a new radio controller (NR controller), a gNode B (gNB) in a 5G system, a centralized unit, a new wireless base station, or a new wireless base station. It is a remote radio module, which can be a micro base station (also called a small cell), a relay, a distributed unit, a macro base station in various forms, a transmission and reception A transmission reception point (TRP), a transmission measurement function (TMF) or a transmission point (TP), or any other wireless access device, or a base station in next-generation communications, but the embodiments of this application do not limited to this.
  • the network equipment may also include a radio network controller (RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), a home base station (For example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • home base station
  • base band unit base band unit
  • AP wireless fidelity access point
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment, for example, the core network equipment includes an access and mobility management function (AMF), a session management function (SMF) or a user plane function (user plane) in the 5G system function, UPF), etc., or include a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) and the like in the 4G system.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the DRX mechanism includes a DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device will periodically "wake up” for a period of time, and may remain in a "sleep” state at other times in the DRX cycle to reduce power consumption.
  • the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDCH physical downlink control channel
  • Radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state the terminal equipment has three RRC states: RRC connected (connected) state, RRC idle (idle) state and RRC inactive (inactive) state.
  • RRC connected state (or, it can also be referred to as connected state for short.
  • connected state and “RRC connected state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged).
  • RRC connection state an RRC connection is established between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the network device can schedule the terminal device in the RRC connection state through the connection with the terminal device, and can also perform data transmission with the terminal device in the connected state. transmission.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device has no service, it can disconnect the RRC connection of the air interface under the instruction of the network device, and enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state for short. In this paper, “idle state” and “RRC idle state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged).
  • the terminal device In the RRC idle state, the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network device, and the network side does not store the context of the terminal device, that is, the network side does not know the terminal device. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection establishment process. If the terminal equipment registered in the core network needs to find the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment needs to be paging through the core network (core network, CN) paging.
  • core network core network
  • the network device and the terminal device negotiate a time point, that is, a paging occasion (PO).
  • PO paging occasion
  • the terminal device can monitor the PO to determine whether there is a network device looking for it; similarly, if the terminal device wants to find the terminal device, it can send a page at the time corresponding to the PO.
  • the area where the page is sent is called the tracking area (TA).
  • TA tracking area
  • the terminal device moves out of the TA it needs to re-enter the RRC connected state to inform the core network that the TA update has occurred. In this way, the network side can always know the TA where the terminal device is located, and paging to the terminal device in time.
  • RRC inactive state (or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state.
  • RRC inactive state or, may also be referred to as RRC inactive state, or simply inactive state or inactive state.
  • deactive state “inactive state”, “deactive state”, “Deactivated state”, “inactive state”, “RRC inactive state” or “RRC deactivated state”, etc., are the same concept, and these terms can be interchanged):
  • the terminal device entered the RRC connection at the anchor base station before. state, and then the anchor base station releases the RRC connection, but the anchor base station saves the context of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device needs to re-enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection resume (or RRC connection re-establishment process) process at the currently residing base station.
  • the terminal device may be in a mobile state, the base station where the terminal device currently resides and the anchor base station of the terminal device may be the same base station, or may be different base stations.
  • the terminal equipment enters the RRC inactive state. Although the connection with the target base station is disconnected, it maintains the path with the core network. Therefore, compared with the RRC establishment process, the terminal equipment can quickly restore the connection. The delay is shorter and the signaling overhead is smaller.
  • the aiming base station Similar to that the core network needs to find the terminal device, the aiming base station also needs to find the terminal device when data arrives in the core network.
  • the aiming point base station and the terminal device jointly determine the PO of the access network (RAN) paging, for example, according to I-RNTI, 5G-S-TMSI, RAN paging discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle (cycle ) and other parameters to determine the PO of RAN paging.
  • RAN access network
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • the terminal device When the terminal device has data arriving in the core network, it will first search for the terminal device through RAN paging.
  • the area configuration (RAN notification area, RNA) addressing the terminal equipment is configured by the base station to the terminal equipment through the RRC release message.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device moves out of the configured RNA, for example, the terminal device finds that the RAN-AreaCode broadcast by the base station is not in the configured RNA, the terminal device needs to update the RDA. After acquiring the context of the terminal device, the base station can place the terminal device in the inactive state again, and issue the configuration of the suspend indication.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in an inactive state, it may be necessary to initiate a resume process. For example, when the terminal device receives RAN paging, it will initiate the resume process; or if the terminal device periodically updates the RNA, it will initiate the resume process; or if the terminal device determines the RNA according to the broadcast information of the network, it will initiate the resume process. , to inform the network side of the determined RNA.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device initiates resume, it will perform unified access control (UAC) according to the initiation of the service. For example, the terminal device carries the corresponding cause value (also called resume cause) in the resume request message. For example, if the terminal device initiates a resume due to updating the RNA, the resume cause carried in the resume request message may be RNA-update, which is used to indicate that the RNA is updated. For another example, the terminal device initiates resume due to the trigger of RAN-paging, and the resume cause carried in the resume request message may be mt-Access, which is used to indicate that the terminal device receives the access initiated by the corresponding service for paging.
  • UAC unified access control
  • the base station where the terminal device currently resides and the base station where the context of the terminal device is stored may be the same base station, or may be different base stations.
  • the currently residing base station will find the last base station serving the terminal device according to the resume ID carried in the resume request message, and obtain the context of the terminal device from the base station.
  • the currently residing base station After the currently residing base station obtains the context of the terminal device, it can determine which state to put the terminal device in according to the resume cause value carried in the resume request message sent by the terminal device. For example, if the resume cause value carried in the resume request message is rna-update, the currently residing base station can determine that the terminal device continues to be in the RRC inactive state.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably.
  • plurality refers to two or more.
  • and/or which describes the association relationship between associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • character "/”, unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
  • At least one item(s) below or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s).
  • at least one (a) of a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, and timing of multiple objects , priority or importance, etc.
  • the first identification and the second identification may be the same identification or different identifications, and this name does not indicate the amount of information, content, priority or importance of the two identifications. different.
  • the remote UE can switch the communication link.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of UE relay.
  • Figure 1 includes remote UEs, relay UEs, access network equipment and core network equipment. It should be understood that the numbers of remote UEs and relay UEs in Figure 1 are only examples, and may be more or less. Any remote UE can select one of the multiple relay UEs to provide relay services for it.
  • the remote UE can be glasses or a watch or other wearable devices, or a mobile phone; the relay UE can be a mobile phone or a customer premise equipment (CPE) or a vehicle communication device or a roadside unit, etc.
  • Figure 1 takes the remote UE as a smart watch and the mobile phone as the relay UE as an example.
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the smart watch can be installed with an embedded subscriber identity module (eSIM) card, and the smart watch can directly communicate with network devices through the eSIM card. Users go out for a run with their smartwatches, but not their phones. When outdoors, the smart watch can communicate directly with the network device through the Uu port. When the user goes home after running, the smart watch detects the presence of the mobile phone through the sidelink (SL), and the smart watch can automatically switch from the direct link with the network device to the relay through the mobile phone.
  • eSIM embedded subscriber identity module
  • a non-direct link, or the smart watch can also switch from a direct link with a network device to a non-direct link relayed by a mobile phone based on the user's operation, so as to use the mobile phone as a relay (relay)
  • the UE communicates with the network through the mobile phone. It should be noted that there can be more relay UEs in the network, and the remote UE can choose to provide relay services for it through a relay UE among the multiple relay UEs, so as to save the power consumption of some relay UEs.
  • This form of relay enables the remote UE to establish a connection with the access network device through the relay UE, enjoy the services provided by the access network, and save the power consumption of the remote UE.
  • the layer 2 (layer2, L2) remote UE can be in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the relay UE can help the remote UE to perform paging monitoring, so as to save the power of the remote UE. consumption.
  • the relay UE and the remote UE need to be in the same tracking area (TA) or RNA to ensure that the network device can find the remote UE.
  • the remote UE and the relay UE for which the remote UE chooses to provide relay services may not be in the same TA or RNA; or, due to the mobility of the remote UE and the relay UE, the relay UE moves out of the TA or RNA where the remote UE is located. , so that the network device cannot find the remote UE.
  • the relay UE In order for the remote UE to be found by the network, after the relay UE reselects a cell, if it finds that the relay UE is located outside the area of the TA or RNA registered before the relay UE, the relay UE needs to inform the network device to update the TA or RNA registered by the relay UE. RNA. Similarly, if the remote UE also moves out of the corresponding area, in order for the remote UE to be found by the network, the remote UE needs to update its registered TA or RNA. Exemplarily, for the process of updating the registered TA or RNA by the relay UE and the remote UE, reference may be made to the process shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the remote UE maintains the PC5 connection with the relay UE, which is used to enable the relay UE to help the remote UE monitor the paging of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE finds that it is not in the same RNA as the remote UE, or the relay UE finds that the radio access network area code (RAN-Areacode) changes after cell reselection.
  • RAN-Areacode radio access network area code
  • RNA update RNA update, RNAU
  • S203a-S203d can be executed:
  • the relay UE sends a random access request message to the network device, where the random access request message carries a random access preamble (preamble) for random access.
  • the network device sends a random access response message to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC resume request (RRC resume request) message to the network device, where the RRC resume request carries the reason information for the relay UE's request to resume the connection, and is used to indicate the reason why the relay UE requests to resume the connection. For example, the reason is that the relay UE needs to perform RNAU.
  • the RRC resume request message may be Msg3 in the random access process.
  • the network device sends an RRC release (RRC release) message to the relay UE, which is used to release the resources of the connection between the relay UE and the network device.
  • RRC release RRC release
  • the relay UE forwards system information (system information, SI) to the remote UE.
  • system information system information, SI
  • the remote UE sends an RRC resume request message to the relay UE through a signaling radio bearer (signal radio bearer, SRB) on a sidelink (sidelink, SL), for the remote UE to perform RNAU.
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • SRB0 sidelink
  • the relay UE re-enters the connected state under the trigger of the remote UE, for example, S206a-S206e can be executed:
  • S206a The specific implementation of S206a is the same as the foregoing S203a, and the specific implementation of S206b is the same as the foregoing S203b, which will not be repeated here.
  • S206d is different from S203d.
  • the network device sends configuration information for the relay UE to resume connection to the relay UE.
  • the configuration information may carry the Msg4 in the random access process, that is, the network device sends the Msg4 to the relay UE, and the Msg4 carries the configuration information used for the relay UE to restore the connection.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC resume complete (RRC resume complete) message to the network device.
  • the RRC resume complete) message may be Msg5 in the random access procedure.
  • the relay UE relays according to the network configuration, for example, S207a-S207c can be executed:
  • the relay UE sends a sidelink UE information (sidelink UE information, SUI) message to the network device for requesting to establish a relay.
  • SUI sidelink UE information
  • the SUI message may carry the identity of the remote UE, for example, including the C-RNTI of the remote UE.
  • the SUI message may also request to configure a sidelink between the remote UE and the relay UE, so as to support the relay UE to provide relay services for the remote UE.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguartion) message to the relay UE.
  • RRC reconfiguartion carries configuration information for the relay UE to provide relay services for the remote UE.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguartion complete) message to the network device.
  • RRC reconfiguration complete RRC reconfiguartion complete
  • the relay UE After the relay UE is configured according to the configuration information carried in the RRC reconfiguartion message, the relay UE can send an RRC reconfiguartion complete message to the network device to inform the network device that the relay UE has completed the configuration of providing relay services for the remote UE.
  • the remote UE performs RNAU through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE can perform RNAU through the relay UE.
  • the reason information carried by the relay UE in the RRC resume request in the current S203c cannot allow the network device to determine that the relay UE performs RRC The real intent of resume. For example, the network device does not know whether the relay UE is requesting to resume the connection because of the remote UE. In this way, the network device will configure the relay UE to repeat the connected state, and the process of the relay UE repeating the connected state needs to involve more signaling interactions, and the signaling overhead is relatively large.
  • RNAU is required.
  • the relay UE requests the RRC resume because the remote UE itself needs RNAU, but the network device will think that the relay UE requests the RRC resume because the relay UE needs RNAU, the network device can make the relay UE enter the RRC inactive state. In this way, when the remote UE initiates the RNAU, the relay UE needs to re-enter the RRC connection state, and the signaling overhead is large and even the signaling is wasted.
  • the inactive wireless network temporary identifier (inactive RNTI, I-RNTI) used to identify the remote UE may change, resulting in the relay UE having no information about helping the remote UE to perform paging, and cannot help.
  • the remote UE performs paging monitoring.
  • both remote UE and relay UE perform RNAU, but the updated RNA of remote UE and relay UE may not be in the same area.
  • remote UE and relay UE are before RNAU, both remote UE and relay UE are located in area 1, but remote UE and relay UE are after RNAU, remote UE may be located in area 1, and relay UE may be located in area 2 .
  • the remote UE does not know the updated RNA of the relay UE, which makes the remote UE unable to select a relay UE that is the same as the updated RNA of the remote UE, and naturally cannot let the relay UE help monitor paging.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a technical solution.
  • the relay UE can inform the network device whether the relay UE establishes the connection or restores the connection because of itself or because of the remote UE, so that the network device can establish the connection or restore the connection according to the real reason of the relay UE, so that the relay UE has Optionally in RRC connected state or RRC inactive state. For example, if the real reason for the relay UE to establish or restore the connection is because of the remote UE, the network equipment can make the relay UE in the RRC connected state. This can reduce the number of times that the relay UE enters the RRC connected state because the remote UE needs the relay UE to provide relay services for it, saving signaling overhead.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as a long term evolution (LTE) system, or can be applied to a 5G system, such as a new wireless (new radio, NR) system, or can also be applied to the next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, which is not specifically limited.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to cellular links, PLMN networks, machine to machine (M2M) networks, Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT) networks, or other networks. It can also be applied to links between devices, such as device-to-device (D2D) links.
  • V2X scenarios such as NR-V2X scenarios, etc.
  • V2X such as the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc.
  • a D2D link can also be called a sidelink
  • a sidelink can also be called a side link or a secondary link.
  • the above terms all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning.
  • the so-called equipment of the same type can be a link between a terminal device and a terminal device, a link between a base station and a base station, or a link between a relay node and a relay node.
  • the embodiment does not limit this.
  • D2D links defined by the version (Rel)-12/13 of the third generation partnership project (3GPP), and there are also vehicles defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the first device is the relay terminal device in FIG. 1, that is, the relay UE
  • the second device is the remote terminal device in FIG. 1, that is, the remote UE.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can selectively place the relay UE in the RRC connected state or the RRC inactive state according to the real reason for the relay UE to establish or restore the connection, so as to reduce the number of times the relay UE repeatedly enters the connected state and save energy. Signaling overhead.
  • the specific process is described as follows.
  • the remote UE maintains the PC5 connection with the relay UE, which is used to enable the relay UE to help the remote UE monitor the paging of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE determines that RNAU needs to be performed.
  • the relay UE's determination that RNAU is required may include two aspects. On the one hand, the relay UE determines that the relay UE itself needs RNAU. For example, after cell reselection, the relay UE finds that the RAN-Areacode (RANAC) of the cell where the relay UE currently resides has changed and does not belong to the RNA configured by the relay UE, then the relay UE can determine that an RNAU is required. Since relay UE needs to do RNAU, remote UE may also need to do RNAU. The Relay UE needs to do the RNAU-initiated connection recovery process with the network device according to its needs.
  • RANAC RAN-Areacode
  • the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs RNAU, and requests the network device to restore the connection. It can also be considered that the relay UE requests the network device. Restoring the connection is used for the remote UE to update the RNA.
  • the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs RNAU. For example, the remote UE requests RNAU through the relay UE. It should be understood that when the remote UE and the relay UE are in the same RNA, the relay UE can help the remote UE to monitor the paging of the remote UE. When the remote UE finds that the RNA of the relay UE that provides the relay service is different from its own RNA, the remote UE can request for RNAU. The remote UE requests to perform RNAU through the relay UE, which may include the following situations.
  • the relay UE receives a second message from the remote UE, and the second message carries indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the remote UE needs to update the RNA. Then the relay UE can determine that the remote UE needs to update the RNA according to the indication information. RNAU.
  • the relay UE receives a second message from the remote UE, where the second message includes the RAN-Areacode included in the RNA of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE obtains the RAN-Areacode included in the RNA of the remote UE, it finds that the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides does not belong to the RNA indicated by the RAN-Areacode included in the second message, then the relay UE can determine that the remote UE needs RNAU .
  • the relay UE receives a second message from the remote UE, where the second message includes the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the remote UE currently resides. After the relay UE obtains the RAN-Areacode in the second message, it finds that the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides does not belong to the RNA indicated by the RAN-Areacode included in the second message, then the relay UE can determine that the remote UE needs RNAU.
  • the relay UE receives a second message from the remote UE, where the second message includes the RRC resume request of the remote UE.
  • the second message includes the RRC resume request of the remote UE.
  • the Relay UE can determine that the remote UE needs RNAU by receiving the RRC resume request of the remote UE and through the resumecause carried in the message.
  • the relay UE After the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs RNAU, it can request the network device to resume the connection. For example, the relay UE initiates a random access procedure to the network device. The relay UE determines that the remote UE needs an RNAU, and requests the network device to restore the connection. It can also be considered that the relay UE's request to the network device to restore the connection is triggered by the remote UE sending a second message.
  • the relay UE sends a random access preamble (preamble) to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the preamble from the relay UE.
  • the network device is the network device where the relay UE resides.
  • the preamble can be a common preamble, or the preamble can also be a dedicated preamble, for example, the network device can be configured to specifically use the preamble required by the relay UE for relay access. If the preamble is a dedicated preamble, the preamble can be used to indicate the reason why the relay UE requests to resume the connection, for example, the relay UE is because the remote UE requests to resume the connection. For another example, the relay UE is because the remote UE makes an RNAU request to restore the connection. For another example, the relay UE is because the remote UE is requested to resume the connection by the network paging. For another example, the relay UE requests to resume the connection because the remote UE initiates a data service or initiates a voice service. Because the preamble is a common preamble or a dedicated preamble, the subsequent processes are also different, which will be introduced separately in subsequent embodiments.
  • the network device sends a random access response (random access response, RAR) message to the relay UE, and correspondingly, the relay UE receives the RAR message from the network device.
  • RAR random access response
  • the relay UE sends a first message to the network device, correspondingly, the network device receives the first message from the relay UE, the first message is used to restore the connection between the relay UE and the network device, and the first message also instructs the relay UE to restore The reason for the connection.
  • the first message may also be an RRC recovery request message, for example, may be Msg3 in the random access process.
  • the first message may be used to indicate the reason for the relay UE to resume connection. For example, the reason is that the service of the relay UE itself resumes the connection, or the reason is that the relay UE resumes the connection for the remote UE.
  • the reason can be reused as the reason for the restoration of the connection request by the relay UE (resume cause of the RRC resume request).
  • the reason may be the relay UE initiating data (mo-data); alternatively, the reason may be the relay UE initiating signaling (mo-signalling); or the reason may be the relay UE initiating voice (mo-VoiceCall) or video (mo-VideoCall) or short message (mo-SMS); alternatively, the reason may be that the relay UE is paged to access (mt-Access).
  • a new reason may also be introduced, for example, the reason may be that the relay UE performs RNAU rna-Update and the relay UE remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the reason can reuse the resume cause of the relay UE request to resume the connection (resume cause of the RRC resume request).
  • the reason is that the remote UE initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or, the reason is that the remote UE performs RNAU r-rna-Update; or the reason is that the relayUE performs the relay service relay.
  • a new reason may also be introduced, for example, the reason is that the remote UE performs RNAU (remote-rna-Update); or, the reason is that the relay UE expects to remain in the RRC connection state.
  • the possible reasons for the relay UE to resume the connection are listed above. There may be various ways for the first message to indicate the reasons listed above for the relay UE to resume the connection, and the following examples are introduced.
  • the first indication mode the first message includes the first indication (or becomes the first cause indication information), and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection.
  • the relay UE can indicate the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection through the first indication, such as mo-data, mo-signalling or mo-VoiceCall, and so on.
  • the network device can determine the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection by obtaining the first indication.
  • the first indication is used to instruct the relay UE to resume the connection because the relay UE performs RNAU rna-Update and the relay UE remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the network device receives the first message, which can keep the relay UE in the RRC connection state.
  • the first message is an RRC resume request message
  • the first indication may include a newly added field in the RRC resume request message.
  • the first message is an RRC resume request message
  • the first indication may include an existing field in the RRC resume request message.
  • the field used to indicate the recovery cause in the RRC resume request message carries the first indication, for example, the cause value of spare is used to indicate. In order to indicate more reasons, the number of bits occupied by the field used to indicate the recovery reason in the RRC resume request message can also be extended.
  • the second indication mode the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the relay UE resumes the connection for the remote UE.
  • the difference from the first indication mode is that the relay UE indicates the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection through the first indication and the second indication.
  • the first indication can be used to indicate that the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is a business reason
  • the second indication can be used to indicate whether the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is because of itself or because of the remote UE.
  • the reason for the first indication instructing the relay UE to restore the connection may be compatible with the establishment cause of the existing relay UE requesting to establish the connection or the restoration reason for requesting the restoration of the connection.
  • the second indication may indicate whether the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is because of itself or because of the remote UE.
  • the network device can determine whether the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection is for the remote UE according to the second indication, and then determine what state the relay UE is in according to the second indication. For example, the reason why the second indication indicates that the relay UE resumes the connection is for the remote UE, so the network device can keep the relay UE in the RRC connection state.
  • the network device can configure relevant information for the relay UE according to the first indication for the services that the remote UE needs to perform, so that the relay UE provides relay services for the remote UE.
  • the first message is an RRC resume request
  • the first indication may include a newly added field in the RRC resume request
  • the second indication may include another newly added field in the RRC resume request
  • the first indication and the second indication Can include a newly added field in the RRC resume request.
  • the first message is an RRC resume request
  • the first indication may include an existing field in the RRC resume request
  • the second indication may include a newly added field in the RRC resume request.
  • the RRC resume request field is used to indicate the reason for the resume to carry the first indication. In order to indicate more reasons, the number of bits occupied by the field used to indicate the recovery reason in the RRC resume request can be extended.
  • the first indication and the second indication may include an existing field in the RRC resume request, for example, an indication bit is added to the existing field in the RRC resume request, and the indication bit may carry the second indication.
  • the third indication mode the first message is sent through the first common control channel to instruct the relay UE to restore the connection for the remote UE.
  • this indication manner may instruct the relay UE to restore the connection for the remote UE by sending the first CCCH of the first message.
  • the first CCCH refers to a specific logical channel, which is different from the logical channel for sending the RRC resume request message in the prior art (the current RRC resume request message is transmitted using SRB0).
  • the first CCCH may be agreed upon by the network device and the relay UE or defined in advance, for example, the logical channel identifier corresponding to the first CCCH is 5. That is, the relay UE sends Msg3 through another CCCH, wherein Msg3 includes the RRC resume request message.
  • the network device can determine the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection according to the CCCH that sent the first message. It can replace the reason why the relay UE is instructed to resume the connection by adding an information element in the resume resume request message, so as to avoid the inability to instruct the relay UE to resume the connection for the remote UE due to the limited size of Msg3.
  • the content carried in the RRC resume request message is also different.
  • the following examples are introduced.
  • the RRC resume request message also includes the resume ID and cause of the remote UE.
  • the network device sends the RRC resume request message is the first CCCH, and the RRC resume request message includes the resume ID and the cause. reusme cause, it can be determined that the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is for the remote UE, and the resume message of the remote UE can be obtained directly through the first CCCH.
  • the RRC resume request message also includes the resume ID of the relay UE and the cause (cause).
  • the network device sends the RRC resume request message to the first CCCH, and the RRC resume request message includes the resume. ID and cause, it can be determined that the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is that it needs to send a resume request to the remote UE later.
  • the sent RRCresumerequest message or the Msg3 carrying the RRCresumerequest message may also include auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information can be used to indicate which remote UE or remote UEs the relay UE needs to provide relay services for, that is, Indicates which remote UE or remote UEs also need to update the RNA.
  • the auxiliary information can be used to indicate that the relay UE needs to update the RNA for the remote UE subsequently. Since the auxiliary information itself is used as an indication, it can be indicated by occupying less bits, which can save the overhead of the first message.
  • the auxiliary information includes the resume ID and the first indication of one or more remote UEs, that is, it is implicitly indicated that the relay UE needs to provide relay services for the one or more remote UEs in the future, and the relay UE resumes the connection.
  • the cause is the cause indicated by the first indication.
  • the auxiliary information itself can be used as a kind of indication information to explicitly indicate that the relay UE needs to update the RNA for the remote UE subsequently.
  • the auxiliary information may include the resume ID and the first indication of one or more remote UEs.
  • the auxiliary information may also include a fourth indication, where the fourth indication may occupy 1 bit and is used to indicate whether it is necessary to send an RNA update for another second device in the future. request; or, the fourth indication may occupy multiple bits, which are used to indicate the number of second devices that need to perform RNAU subsequently.
  • the fourth indication mode the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the relay UE to resume the connection for the remote UE.
  • the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection.
  • this indication method in addition to instructing the relay UE to resume the connection for the remote UE by sending the CCCH of the first message, this indication method also indicates the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection through the first indication.
  • the first message being the RRCresumerequest message carried by Msg3 as an example, that is, the relay UE sends the RRCresumerequest message through the first CCCH, and the RRCresumerequest message includes the first indication, that is, the resume cause.
  • the network device can determine the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection according to the first CCCH that sends the RRCresumerequest message and the first indication in Msg3.
  • the fifth indication mode the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is indicated by sending the resource of the first message.
  • the network device may configure a preamble that is specifically used for relay UEs for relay access. If the preamble sent by the relay UE to the network device is a dedicated preamble, that is, the preamble is used to instruct the relay UE to perform random access for the remote UE. After receiving the dedicated preamble, the network device can configure corresponding resources and send a random access response message to the relay UE.
  • the random access response message includes the resources used for random access specially configured by the network device for the relay UE, that is, the resources used for sending the first message.
  • the relay UE receives the random access response message, and sends the first message on the resource included in the random access response message.
  • the network device may determine the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection through the resource used for sending the first message.
  • the sixth indication manner by sending the resource of the first message and the first indication included in the first message to indicate the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection.
  • the relay UE indicates the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection by sending the resources of the first message and combining with the first indication included in the first message.
  • the network device can determine that the relay UE is to restore the connection for the remote UE by sending the resources of the first message in combination with the first indication, and it is because of which service of the remote UE the connection is restored.
  • the relay UE When the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs to send signaling or data, the relay UE sends the first message to the network device.
  • the first indication carried in the first message may be determined by a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) of the relay UE, or may be determined by the RRC layer of the relay UE.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the PC5 layer of the relay UE can notify the NAS layer of the relay UE, and the NAS layer of the relay UE can determine the first indication and send the first indication to the relay UE's NAS layer.
  • RRC layer when the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs to send signaling or data, the RRC layer of the relay UE determines the first indication.
  • the relay UE indicates the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection by sending the first CCCH of the first message
  • the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs to send signaling or data
  • the RRC layer of the relay UE determines to send the first CCCH of the first message.
  • the network device sends an RRC resume command to the relay UE, and correspondingly, the relay UE receives the RRC resume command from the network device.
  • the network device can determine the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection according to the first message, and then causes the relay UE to enter the corresponding RRC state according to the reason. For example, if the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection is for the remote UE, or the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection is to maintain the RRC connection state, the network device can send the RRC resume command to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC resume complete (RRC resume complete) message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the RRC resume complete message from the relay UE.
  • RRC resume complete RRC resume complete
  • the network device determines to keep the relay UE in the RRC connection state according to the first message, that is, after the relay UE sends the RRC resume request message to the network device, the network device may not send the RRC release message to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE remains in the RRC connected state, so that the remote UE initiates the RNAU, and the relay UE does not need to re-enter the RRC connected state, thus saving signaling overhead.
  • the relay UE forwards the SI to the remote UE, and correspondingly, the remote UE receives the SI from the relay UE.
  • the details are the same as the aforementioned S204.
  • the remote UE sends a second message, such as an RRC resume request message, to the relay UE through the SRB on the SL.
  • the relay UE receives the resume request message from the remote UE.
  • the resume request message is used by the remote UE to perform RNAU.
  • the details are the same as the aforementioned S205.
  • the relay UE sends the SUI message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the SUI message from the relay UE.
  • This SUI message is used to request the establishment of a relay.
  • the relay UE remains in the RRC connected state after the random access is successful.
  • the relay UE can configure the relay to the network device to provide relay services for the remote UE.
  • the relay UE can configure the network device so that the remote UE can perform RNAU-related information through the relay UE.
  • S207a For specific implementation, reference may be made to the foregoing related content of S207a. Since the network device may learn through the first message that the relay UE enters the connected state because the relay service is provided, the network device may send the relay configuration to the relay UE. Therefore, S406a is an optional step.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguartion message to the relay UE, and correspondingly, the relay UE receives the RRC reconfiguartion message from the network device.
  • the network device can send an RRC reconfiguartion message to the relay UE, and the RRC reconfiguartion message can configure the relay UE to provide relay services for the remote UE.
  • the RRC reconfiguartion message includes, for example, the configuration information of the air interface link between the relay UE and the network device, and may also include the configuration information of the side link between the relay UE and the remote UE. For specific implementation, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related content of S207b.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC reconfiguartion complete message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the RRC reconfiguartion complete message from the relay UE.
  • the network device receives the RRC reconfiguartion complete message from the relay UE.
  • S403a-S403e may be performed before S404 and S405, or S403a-S403e may be performed after S404 and S405.
  • S406a-S406c may be performed before S404 and S405, or S406a-S406c may be performed after S404 and S405.
  • S405 may be performed before S404, or S405 may be performed after S404.
  • the remote UE performs RNAU through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE sends an RRC resume request message to the network device through the relay UE for the remote UE to perform RNAU, that is, the relay UE forwards the RRC resume request received in S405 to the network device.
  • the RRC resume request message carries the resume ID and cause, which can indicate the last network device that served the remote UE (for the convenience of description, it is called the last network device).
  • the network device can obtain the context of the remote UE from the previous network device.
  • the network device can determine whether to put the remote UE back into the RRC inactive state according to the cause carried in the RRC resume request message. For example, the cause instructs the remote UE to do RNAU, and the network device can put the remote UE back to the RRC inactive state through the RRC release message.
  • the RRC release message may carry an indication of suspend.
  • the RRC release message includes the identification (ID) of the remote UE, such as the 5G-S-TMSI, resume ID, or inactive RNTI (I-RNTI) of the remote UE or truncated inactive wireless network. state wireless network temporary identifier (short inactive RNTI, short-I-RNTI), etc.
  • resume ID includes some bits of I-RNTI.
  • the network device may also inform the remote UE to monitor some related information about paging.
  • the RRC release message may also include RAN paging cycle, RNA-related configuration information, such as RANAC or cell ID-related information.
  • the remote UE can monitor RAN paging according to the information notified by the network equipment.
  • the remote UE sends a fourth message to the reley UE, and correspondingly, the reley UE receives the fourth message from the remote UE.
  • the fourth message carries the first paging parameter.
  • the I-RNTI or 5G-S-TMSI used to identify the remote UE, or the RAN paging cycle may change, so that the relay UE does not have the relevant information to help the remote UE perform paging, and cannot help the remote UE to perform paging.
  • paging listener For example, without the updated I-RNTI, the relay UE cannot identify whether the RAN paging has paging the remote UE. Without the updated 5G-S-TMSI, the relay UE cannot correctly calculate the paging opportunity (PO) of the RAN paging. After the period of paging is changed, it will also cause the calculated PO to be incorrect.
  • PO paging opportunity
  • the remote UE can update the I-RNTI or 5G-S-TMSI of the remote UE, and can also update some parameters of monitoring paging, such as RAN paging cycle.
  • the remote UE may send a fourth message to the reley UE, where the fourth message may carry the first paging parameter, which is used for the reley UE to monitor the paging from the network device for the remote UE.
  • the first paging parameter may include the ID of the remote UE and the RAN paging cycle.
  • the fourth message may also carry a second paging parameter, and the second paging parameter can be used for the reley UE to monitor the paging from the core network device for the remote UE.
  • the fourth message may also instruct the second device to complete the RNAU, so that the first device can apply for release of the connection with the network device in time, thereby helping the first device to save energy consumption.
  • the updated RNA of the remote UE and the relay UE may not be in the same area.
  • the relay UE does not know the updated RNA of the remote UE, and it is also uncertain whether the remote UE needs to do RANU in the future.
  • the fourth message may also carry the updated RNA of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE can determine whether the remote UE needs to do RANU in the future according to the updated RNA of the remote UE. That is, the relay UE can judge the effective RNA of the remote UE in advance according to the updated RNA of the remote UE, so as to determine that the remote UE needs to do RANU in the future.
  • the relay UE determines that the remote UE needs to do RANU in the future, the relay UE can enter the RRC connected state in advance, so as to avoid that when the remote UE needs to do RANU, the relay UE is still in the RRC inactive state or idle state, and needs to re-enter the RRC connected state, thereby saving Delay for the remote UE to do RNAU.
  • the relay UE determines that the remote UE has completed the RNAU, and sends an RRC release request message to the network device.
  • the network device receives the RRC release request message from the relay UE.
  • the relay UE can determine that the remote UE has completed the RNAU according to the fourth message, and can send auxiliary information to the network device to request the relay UE and/or the remote UE to return to the RRC inactive state or the idle state, so as to save the relay UE and/or the remote UE as much as possible power consumption.
  • the recovery reason carried in the RRC resume request message sent by the relay UE to the network device can be the real reason for the relay UE to resume the connection.
  • the recovery reason carried in the RRC resume request message can be Determine the real reason for the relay UE to resume connection, so as to put the relay UE into the appropriate state.
  • the reason is that the relay UE is to restore the connection of the remote UE, and the network device can keep the relay UE in the RRC connection state, so that when the remote UE needs the relay UE to provide relay services, the number of random access procedures performed by the relay UE can be reduced. Therefore, the overhead of signaling is saved.
  • the relay UE can be informed of the paging parameters after the RNA update, so as to prevent the relay UE from missing the paging of the remote UE.
  • the remote UE updates the RNA it can also notify the relay UE of the updated RNA, so that the relay UE can determine in advance whether the remote UE will update the RNA in the future, so that it can enter the RRC connection state in advance and reduce the delay of the remote UE to update the RNA.
  • the relay UE in order to help the remote UE to do RNAU, the relay UE is kept in the RRC connection state as an example.
  • the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
  • the relay UE does not need to enter the RRC connection state, and can also help the remote UE to perform RNAU.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the method.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
  • the remote UE maintains the PC5 connection with the relay UE, which is used to enable the relay UE to help the remote UE monitor the paging of the remote UE.
  • S501 is the same as the specific implementation of S401, and reference may be made to the related content of S401 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the relay UE determines that RNAU is required.
  • S502 is the same as the specific implementation of S402, and reference may be made to the related content of S402 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the relay UE sends a random access preamble (preamble) to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the preamble from the relay UE.
  • the network device is the network device where the relay UE resides.
  • the preamble is a dedicated preamble
  • the network device can determine that the relay UE performs random access for the remote UE according to the preamble sent by the relay UE. After that, the network device configures the relay UE with resources for sending the first message (Msg3).
  • the network device sends a random access response (random access response, RAR) message to the relay UE, and correspondingly, the relay UE receives the RAR message from the network device.
  • RAR random access response
  • the network device configures resources for the relay UE for sending the first message (Msg3) according to the dedicated preamble sent by the relay UE, and generates a random access response message and sends it to the relay UE.
  • the random access response message carries resources for sending Msg3.
  • the relay UE sends a first message to the network device, correspondingly, the network device receives the first message from the relay UE, the first message is used to restore the connection between the relay UE and the network device, and the first message also instructs the relay UE to restore The reason for the connection.
  • S503c is the same as the specific implementation of S403c, and reference may be made to the related content of S403c in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the reason for the relay UE to restore the connection in the first message can be reused to establish or restore the connection with the current relay UE or remote UE
  • the relay UE expects to remain in the RRC connected state, or the relay UE acts as an RNAU, and the relay UE expects to remain in the RRC connected state.
  • the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection in the first message can be reused with the current relay
  • the reason for the UE or remote UE to establish or restore the connection can also be a newly added reason, for example, the relay UE expects to remain in the RRC connection state, or the relay UE acts as an RNAU, and the relay UE expects to remain in the RRC connection state.
  • the relay UE forwards the SI to the remote UE, and correspondingly, the remote UE receives the SI from the relay UE.
  • S504 is the same as the specific implementation of S404, and reference may be made to the related content of S404 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the remote UE sends an RRC resume request message to the relay UE through the SRB on the SL.
  • the relay UE receives the resume request message from the remote UE.
  • the resume request message is used by the remote UE to perform RNAU.
  • S505 is the same as the specific implementation of S405, and reference may be made to the related content of S405 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the network device sends scheduling information to the relay UE, and accordingly, the relay UE receives the scheduling information from the network device, where the scheduling information is used to indicate the uplink grant (UL grant) resource for scheduling the relay UE.
  • the scheduling information is used to indicate the uplink grant (UL grant) resource for scheduling the relay UE.
  • the network device can determine the need to continue scheduling the UL grant resources of the relay UE according to the dedicated preamble sent by the relay UE or according to the reason for the relay UE to resume the connection indicated by the first message, and then the network device can generate configuration information and send the configuration information to the relay.
  • the relay UE receives the configuration information, and can transmit some related information of the remote UE on the UL grant resource indicated by the configuration information, such as auxiliary information of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE sends the relevant restoration information of the remote UE to the network device on the scheduled UL grant, and correspondingly, the network device receives the relevant restoration information from the remote UE.
  • the related recovery information of the remote UE includes auxiliary information of the remote UE.
  • the auxiliary information can be used to indicate which remote UE or remote UEs need to resume the connection in the future, or to indicate which remote UE or remote UEs need to provide relay services for the relay UE in the future, for example, which remote UE or remote UEs need to update the RNA.
  • the auxiliary information can be used to indicate that the relay UE needs to update the RNA for the remote UE subsequently.
  • the auxiliary information includes the resume ID and cause of one or more remote UEs, that is, it implicitly indicates that there are one or more remote UEs that need to resume the connection in the future, and the reason why the relay UE resumes the connection is the auxiliary information.
  • the cause indicated by cause is the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes the resume ID and cause of a remote UE, that is, indicating that the remote UE needs to resume the connection.
  • the auxiliary information also indicates that there are one or more remote UEs that need to resume connection in the future, so as to inform the network device to continue scheduling the UL grant resources of the relay UE.
  • the network device can help the remote UE to perform RNAU according to the auxiliary information. In this way, it is not necessary for the relay UE to enter the RRC connection state, and the remote UE can also update the RNA, thereby further saving the power consumption of the relay UE.
  • the network device determines that the remote UE has completed the RNAU, and sends an RRC release message to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE receives the RRC release message from the network device.
  • the network device determines that the remote UE has completed the RNAU, and can send an RRC release message to the relay UE.
  • the RRC release message can carry the release configuration information of the relay UE and the ID information of the relay UE, so as to put the relay UE back in the RRC inactive state and save the energy consumption of the relay UE.
  • the RRC release message can also carry the release configuration information of the remote UE and the identification information of the remote UE, so as to put the remote UE back into the RRC inactive state and save the energy consumption of the remote UE.
  • the network device may send an RRC release message to the relay UE through the SRB1 of the relay UE, where the RRC release message includes the release configuration information of the relay UE, the ID information of the relay UE, and the RRC release message of the remote UE.
  • the RRC release message of the relay UE includes a container, and the container includes the RRC release message of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE may not be able to decrypt the RRC release message of the remote UE, that is, the relay UE may not be able to obtain the release-related configuration in the RRC release message of the remote UE, such as the ID of the remote UE, the RAN paging cycle of the remote UE, and the information of the remote UE.
  • the RRC release message sent by the network device to the relay UE includes release configuration information of the remote UE and ID information of the remote UE, such as the ID of the remote UE, the RAN paging cycle of the remote UE, and the configuration of the RAN of the remote UE. one or more.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC release message to the remote UE, correspondingly, the remote UE receives the RRC release message from the relay UE, and the RRC release message includes the release configuration information of the remote UE and the ID information of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE receives the RRC release message from the network device. If it is determined that the RRC release message includes the RRC release message of the remote UE, the relay UE sends the RRC release message to the remote UE.
  • the RRC release message sent by the relay UE to the remote UE includes the release configuration information of the remote UE and the ID information of the remote UE, so as to put the remote UE back to the RRC inactive state or idle state and save the energy consumption of the remote UE.
  • the remote UE sends a fourth message to the reley UE, and correspondingly, the reley UE receives the fourth message from the remote UE.
  • the fourth message carries the first paging parameter.
  • S508 is the same as the specific implementation of S408.
  • S408 For details, please refer to the related content of S408 in the embodiment of FIG. 4 .
  • the network device receives the first message from the relay UE and determines that the remote UE needs to do RNAU through the relay UE, then it does not send an RRC release message to the relay after receiving the first message, but determines to continue scheduling
  • the UL grant resource of the relay UE is used for the relay UE to transmit the auxiliary information of the remote UE.
  • the network device can help the remote UE to perform RNAU according to the auxiliary information. In this way, it is not necessary for the relay UE to enter the RRC connection state, and the remote UE can also update the RNA, thereby further saving the power consumption of the relay UE.
  • the relay UE can be informed of the paging parameters after updating the RNA, so as to prevent the relay UE from missing the paging of the remote UE.
  • the remote UE updates the RNA it can also notify the relay UE of the updated RNA, so that the relay UE can determine in advance whether the remote UE will update the RNA in the future, so that it can enter the RRC connection state in advance and reduce the delay of the remote UE to update the RNA.
  • the relay UE helps the remote UE to do RNAU as an example. It should be understood that if the relay UE and the remote UE are located in the same RNA, the relay UE can help the remote UE to monitor paging.
  • the third communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced. The method aims to find a relay UE for a remote UE in an RRC inactive state to help monitor the paging of the remote UE. Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic flowchart of the method.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
  • the relay UE broadcasts a fifth message, and correspondingly, the remote UE receives the fifth message, and the fifth message is used to indicate the RNA of the relay UE.
  • the fifth message is designed to help the remote UE find a relay UE that can help the remote UE monitor paging from multiple relay UEs, so the fifth message can be a discovery announcement (discovery announcement) message, which is used to discover multiple relay UEs to find To the relay UE that can help the remote UE monitor paging.
  • the discovery message may carry information used to indicate the RNA of the relay UE, such as the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides.
  • the discovery message also includes ID information of the relay UE, such as the PLMN ID. The remote UE can periodically monitor the discovery message.
  • the remote UE After the remote UE monitors the discovery message, it obtains the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides in the discovery message, and compares the RAN-Areacode with the RAN of the cell that the remote UE currently resides in. - Compare the RAN-Areacode included in the Areacode or the RNA of the remote UE to determine whether the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides belongs to the RNA of the remote UE.
  • the remote UE determines that the RAN-Areacode of the cell where a relay UE currently resides belongs to the RNA of the remote UE, that is, the relay UE and the remote UE are located in the same RNA, the remote UE can request the relay UE to help monitor the paging from the network device, and also The relay UE can be requested to help monitor paging from core network equipment.
  • the remote UE finds multiple relay UEs, the relay UE in the same RNA as it is preferentially selected.
  • the fifth message may also be a discovery response (discovery response) message of S603. That is, S601 and S602-S603 are two optional solutions, and only one of the solutions needs to be implemented.
  • the remote UE broadcasts a second message, correspondingly, the relay UE receives the second message, and the second message may be a discovery request (discovery solicitation) message broadcast by the remote UE, and the discovery request message is used to indicate the RNA of the remote UE, and the relay UE According to the message, it can be judged whether the remote UE is in the same RNA as the relay UE.
  • the second message may be a discovery request (discovery solicitation) message broadcast by the remote UE, and the discovery request message is used to indicate the RNA of the remote UE, and the relay UE According to the message, it can be judged whether the remote UE is in the same RNA as the relay UE.
  • the relay UE broadcasts the fifth message, correspondingly, the remote UE receives the fifth message, and the fifth message may be that the relay UE sends a discovery response message to the remote UE according to the received discovery request message, and correspondingly, the remote UE receives the discovery response message, the discovery response message is used to indicate the RNA of the relay UE, and the remote UE can judge whether the remote UE and the relay UE are in the same RNA according to the message.
  • the difference from S601 is that the remote UE can request the relay UE that finds itself in the same RNA.
  • the discovery request message may carry information used to indicate the RNA of the remote UE, such as the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the remote UE currently resides.
  • the discovery message also includes the ID information of the remote UE, such as the PLMN ID.
  • Any relay UE can periodically monitor the discovery message. After the relay UE monitors the discovery message, it obtains the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the remote UE currently resides in the discovery request message, and associates the RAN-Areacode with the cell that the relay UE currently resides in. The RAN-Areacode of the RAN-Areacode or the RAN-Areacode included in the RNA of the relay UE is compared to determine whether the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides belongs to the RNA of the remote UE.
  • a relay UE determines that the RAN-Areacode of the cell it is currently camping on belongs to the RNA of the remote UE, that is, the relay UE and the remote UE are located in the same RNA
  • the relay UE can inform the remote UE that the RNA of the remote UE is the same as that of the remote UE.
  • RNA is located in the same region.
  • the relay UE may send a discovery message to the remote UE, and the discovery message may carry the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides and the ID of the relay UE.
  • the remote UE receives the discovery message, it can request the relay UE indicated in the discovery message to help monitor the paging from the network device, or it can request to help monitor the paging from the core network device.
  • the discovery messages in S601 and S603 carry the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the relay UE currently resides, so that the remote UE can find the relay UE located in the same RNA as itself, that is, the remote UE will not select the relay UE that is not in the same RNA as itself.
  • Helps monitor paging which enhances the reliability of remote UE requesting relay UE to help monitor paging.
  • the remote UE finds that there is no relay UE in the same RNA as itself, the remote UE can inform the relay UE that the remote UE needs to do RNAU, or the remote UE itself does RNAU under the newly connected relay UE to ensure that the updated RNA is updated.
  • the remote UE can request the relay UE to help monitor paging. The following describes the process that the remote UE informs the relay UE that the remote UE needs to do RNAU (referred to as process 1 in this paper), and the process that the remote UE itself does RNAU under the newly connected relay UE (referred to as process 2 in this paper) .
  • the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE PC5, which is used to enable the relay UE to help the remote UE monitor the paging of the remote UE.
  • relay UE determines that RNAU is required.
  • the relay UE sends SI or RANAC to the remote UE.
  • the process of establishing a connection between the remote UE and the relay UE PC5 can trigger the relay UE to send SI or RANAC to the remote UE.
  • SI or RANAC SI or RANAC
  • the relay UE sends the SUI message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the SUI message from the relay UE.
  • This SUI message is used to request the establishment of a relay.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguartion message to the relay UE, and correspondingly, the relay UE receives the RRC reconfiguartion message from the network device.
  • the relay UE sends an RRC reconfiguartion complete message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the RRC reconfiguartion complete message from the relay UE.
  • the remote UE performs RNAU through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE sends a fourth message to the reley UE, and correspondingly, the reley UE receives the fourth message from the remote UE.
  • the fourth message carries the first paging parameter.
  • the reley UE sends auxiliary information to the network device, and accordingly, the network device receives the auxiliary information for requesting to release the connection of the reley UE and/or the remote UE. Thereby, the energy consumption of the reley UE and/or the remote UE is saved.
  • the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE PC5, which is used to instruct the relay UE to only help the remote UE to monitor the paging of the remote UE, and notify the relay UE that the remote UE needs to do RNAU.
  • the relay UE knows that the remote UE needs to do the RNAU through the relay UE, and the relay UE can help the remote UE do the RNAU without entering the RRC connection state.
  • Subsequent embodiments of the present application may perform the process of relay UE not entering the RRC connection state to help remote UE to perform RNAU, which is S505-S508 in the embodiment of FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE PC5, which is used to instruct the relay UE not only to help the remote UE monitor the paging of the remote UE, but also to instruct the remote UE to do RNAU.
  • the relay UE does not need whether the RNA of the remote UE is the same as the RNA of the relay UE, and directly determines that the remote UE is an RNAU, so that the relay UE is determined to enter the RRC connection state.
  • the remote UE sends an RRC recovery request message to the relay UE to request recovery of the connection with the network device.
  • the RRC recovery request message may not be the second message.
  • Subsequent embodiments of the present application may perform the process of relay UE entering the RRC connection state to help remote UE do RNAU, which is S403a-S409 in the embodiment of FIG. 4 , for example, S405 in the embodiment of FIG. 4 may be executable but not executed, which is not repeated here.
  • the subsequent embodiments of the present application may perform a process of relaying the UE not to enter the RRC connection state to help the remote UE to perform the RNAU process, namely S503a-S509 in the embodiment of FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the remote UE can assist the remote UE to select an appropriate relay UE to provide relay services based on the RAN-Areacode in the discovery message, so as to prevent the remote UE from selecting a relay UE that does not require RNAU as a relay, thereby saving remote UEs Power consumption of UE and relay UE.
  • the relay UE can also determine whether the remote UE will perform RANU in the future through the discovery request message, so as to perform the subsequent process according to the determination result.
  • the relay UE can be triggered by the remote UE to update the RNA to send the RRC recovery request message to the network device, or when the relay UE sends the RRC recovery request message to the network device in order to assist the remote UE to update the RNA, the RRC recovery request message
  • the reason carried in the RRC recovery request message may be the reason why the remote UE performs services through the relay UE.
  • the L3 relay scheme supported in the existing standard that is, the remote UE can send data through the relay UE. From the perspective of the network device, only the relay UE is connected to the network device.
  • the relay UE When the remote UE initiates a connection establishment request to the relay UE, the relay UE can enter the RRC connected state. Since the relay UE enters the RRC connected state at this time due to the data of the remote UE, the reason for entering the RRC connected state can be MO data. Another situation is that the network device paging relay UE, but because the data of the remote UE arrives, the reason why the relay UE enters the RRC connection state at this time is MT-access. The network device can perform corresponding access control according to the reason why the relay UE enters the RRC connected state.
  • the remote UE since the remote UE is registered in the network alone, at this time, the remote UE triggers the relay UE to enter the RRC connection state, and the relay UE needs to fill in the reason for accessing the network.
  • the relay UE helps the remote UE to perform access control, and fill in the access reason of the relay UE according to the access reason of the remote UE.
  • the network device cannot distinguish whether the access reason of the relay UE is because of the relay UE or because of the remote UE, so it may make wrong processing.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth communication method, and the method provides how to fill in the access reason of the relay UE when the relay performs access control because of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE can reasonably fill in the reasons for establishing the connection and restoring the connection according to the business of the remote UE, and perform unified access control. This can assist the network device to reasonably configure the relay UE, and prevent the network device from making erroneous processing due to the inability to distinguish whether the access of the relay UE is due to the relay UE or the remote UE.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of the method.
  • the remote UE sends a third message to the relay UE.
  • the relay UE receives a third message from the remote UE, where the third message is used to instruct to establish or restore a connection with the network device.
  • the remote UE When the remote UE needs to perform services, it can request to establish or restore the connection with the network device, or request the relay UE to establish or restore the connection with the network device, so as to provide relay services for the remote UE through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE may send a third message to the relay UE for requesting to establish or restore a connection with the network device.
  • the third message may be an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message, then the third message is used to request the remote UE to establish a connection with the network device.
  • the third message may also be an RRC resume request (RRC resume request) message, then the third message is used to request the remote UE to resume the connection with the network device.
  • the relay UE After the relay UE receives the third message, it can trigger the relay UE to initiate a connection establishment or recovery process with the network device. For example, after the relay UE receives the RRC connection establishment request message from the remote UE, the establishment cause in the connection establishment request message or the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE includes the information that the service needs to be initiated, triggering the relay UE Initiate the connection establishment process with the network device.
  • the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE includes the information that the service needs to be initiated, for example, the service that the remote UE needs to initiate is TAU, or the service that needs to be initiated is MO-data.
  • the resume cause in the connection recovery request message or the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE includes the information that the service needs to be initiated, triggering the relay.
  • the UE initiates a reconnection process with the network device.
  • the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE includes the information that the service needs to be initiated, for example, the service that the remote UE needs to initiate is RNAU, or the service that needs to be initiated in the inactive state is MO-data.
  • the information that the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE includes the information that the service needs to be initiated is only an example.
  • the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE includes the information that needs to initiate the service.
  • the information is not limited, for example, the services that the remote UE needs to initiate are ro-signalling, ro-VoiceCall, ro-VideoCall, ro-SMS or rt-Access, etc.
  • relay UE performs unified access control.
  • the remote UE can perform unified access control for its own services. If the remote UE performs unified access control on its own services, the relay UE does not need to additionally help the remote UE perform access control on the services of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE may not perform unified access control according to the service of the remote UE, that is, not perform S702 or reset the access category (AC) of the remote UE, so that the network device allows the relay UE to access.
  • the relay UE can directly access the network without performing unified access control according to the service of the remote UE.
  • the access category can be set to 0.
  • the relay UE can set the access category of the remote UE to 0 according to the service of the remote UE.
  • a new access category may be allocated.
  • the relay UE can allocate a new access category according to the service of the remote UE, which is used for the relay UE to perform unified access control.
  • the set value of the access category can be determined by the RRC layer of the relay UE. For example, the set value of the access category is triggered by the PC5 RRC of the relay UE, and then specified by the RRC layer of the relay UE. Alternatively, the set value of the access category can also be determined by the NAS layer of the relay UE. For example, the set value of the access category can be specified by the NAS layer of the relay UE to the RRC layer of the relay UE after the PC5 RRC of the relay UE is triggered.
  • the relay UE sends a first message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the first message from the relay UE, where the first message is used to establish or restore the connection between the relay UE and the network device, and the first message is also used for Indicates the reason for the relay UE to establish or resume the connection.
  • the relay UE After receiving the third message, the relay UE determines that the remote UE can access, and sends the first message to the network device to request the connection with the network device.
  • the first message may be an RRC resume request message, and the RRC resume request message may also be Msg3 in the random access process.
  • the first message is Msg3 in the random access process. It can be considered that the sending of Msg3 by the relay UE to the network device is triggered by the remote UE.
  • the relay UE sends Msg3 to the network device, and the reason for establishing the connection or the reason for restoring the connection carried by the Msg3 can be determined according to the reason why the remote UE initiates the service.
  • the reason for establishing the connection carried by Msg3 can be determined according to the establishment cause in the connection establishment request message sent by the remote UE or the information that the service needs to be initiated in the PC5 RRC or PC5-S message sent by the remote UE.
  • the relay UE introduces a new cause corresponding to the relay UE in the RRC recovery request message or the RRC setup request message sent to the network device.
  • the relay UE multiplexes the cause in the RRC recovery request message or the RRC setup request message, but in some cases, a new cause for the relay UE is introduced.
  • the RRC recovery request message or the RRC establishment request message sent by the relay UE to the network device is because the remote UE needs to do the RNAU through the relay UE, so a new cause can be introduced.
  • the cause that the relay UE fills in the RRC recovery request message or the RRC setup request message may also be different.
  • the causes that may be carried in the RRC recovery request message or the RRC establishment request message sent by the relay UE to the network device are listed below with reference to the above two examples in conjunction with Table 1.
  • Table 1 shows the cause that may be carried in the RRC recovery request message or the RRC establishment request message sent by the relay UE to the network device.
  • the relay UE When the relay UE is inactive, it needs to send an RRC recovery request message.
  • the relay UE When the relay UE is in idle, it needs to send an RRC connection establishment message.
  • the cause is the establishment cause or resume cause of the relay UE, and the cause indicated by "bold" is the existing establishment cause or resume cause of the relay UE. And the relay UE in Table 1 is in the idle state.
  • Table 1 shows the scheme for filling in the access reason of the relay UE when the relay performs access control due to the remote UE for the L2 relay.
  • the relay UE can reasonably fill in the reasons for establishing a connection and restore the connection according to the business of the remote UE, and perform unified access control, so as to assist the network equipment to reasonably configure the relay UE, and prevent the network equipment from being unable to distinguish whether the access reason of the relay UE is due to the relay UE or the relay UE. Because of remote UE, wrong processing may be done.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of interaction between a terminal, a network device, and a positioning management device.
  • the terminal, network device, and location management device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, which are implemented in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules. the above functions. Whether one of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may correspondingly implement the relay UE (first device) or the network device or the remote UE in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module 801 and a processing module 802 .
  • a storage module may also be included, and the storage module may be used to store instructions (codes or programs) and/or data.
  • the transceiver module 801 and the processing module 802 can be coupled with the storage module, for example, the processing module 802 can read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage module to implement corresponding methods.
  • Each of the above modules can be set independently, and can also be partially or fully integrated.
  • the processing module 802 may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit) integrated circuits, ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the transceiver module 801 is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the transceiver module 801 is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may be a relay UE, a network device or a remote UE in the above embodiment, and may also be a chip for a relay UE, a network device or a remote UE.
  • the processing module 802 may be, for example, a processor
  • the transceiver module 801 may be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit
  • the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
  • the processing module 802 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 801 may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 802 can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be the relay UE or a network device or a remote UE.
  • a storage unit located outside the chip such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), etc.
  • the communication apparatus 800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the relay UE in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may be a relay UE, or may be a component (eg, a chip or a circuit) applied in the relay UE.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be used to support the communication between the relay UE and other network entities, for example, support the communication between the relay UE and the network device and/or the remote UE shown in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the processing module 802 is used to control and manage the actions of the relay UE.
  • the processing module 802 is used to support the relay UE to perform all operations of the relay UE except for sending and receiving in any of the embodiments of FIG. 4-FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 801 is used to perform all receive or transmit operations performed by the relay UE, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein, for example, the transceiver module 801 is used to support the relay UE to perform the operations shown in FIGS. All receive or transmit operations performed by the relay UE in any embodiment.
  • the processing module 802 is configured to generate a first message, the first message is used to restore the connection with the network device, and the first message also indicates the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to restore the connection; the transceiver module 801 is configured to send the network The device sends the first message, wherein the sending of the first message is triggered by the second device sending the RNA update, or the connection restored by the communication apparatus 800 (the first message) is used for the second device to update the RNA.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the communication apparatus 800 resumes the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection for the second device, and the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resource included in the random access response message received by the communication device 800.
  • the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication device 800 to resume the connection.
  • the random preamble sent by the transceiver module 801 to the network device is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to perform random access for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to restore the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resources included in the random access response message received by the transceiver module 801, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the transceiver module 801 to the network device is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 for the second message.
  • the device performs random access.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to receive a second message from the second device, where the second message is used to indicate that the second device needs to update the RNA; or,
  • the processing module 802 determines to send the first message to the network device.
  • the second message includes the RAN-Areacode included in the RNA of the second device; or, the second message includes the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the second device currently resides.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to broadcast a fifth message, where the fifth message includes the RAN-Areacode of the cell where the communication apparatus 800 resides.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to receive a fourth message from the second device after the second device completes the RNA update, where the fourth message carries the first paging parameter, and the first paging parameter uses The communication device 800 monitors the paging from the network device for the second device.
  • the fourth message also carries a second paging parameter, and the second paging parameter is used by the communication apparatus 800 to monitor the paging from the core network device for the second device.
  • the fourth message also carries the updated RNA of the second device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the communication apparatus 800 expects to remain in the RRC connected state; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the communication apparatus 800 initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the communication device 800 initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 is accessed by paging (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the communication device 800 performs RNAU rna-Update and the communication device 800 remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the first indication is sent by the NAS layer of the transceiver module 801 to the RRC layer of the communication apparatus 800 when the processing module 802 determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data; or,
  • the first indication is determined by the RRC layer of the communication apparatus 800 when the processing module 802 determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data; or,
  • the channel for sending the first message is determined by the RRC layer of the communication apparatus 800 when the transceiver module 801 determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • the first message further includes auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the communication apparatus 800 needs to update the RNA for the at least one second device.
  • the auxiliary information includes the recovery ID of the second device and the first indication; or,
  • the auxiliary information includes the recovery ID of the second device and the first indication, and the auxiliary information further indicates that the communication apparatus 800 needs to update RNA for at least one second device subsequently; or,
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the communication apparatus 800 needs to update the RNA for the at least one second device subsequently.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to receive an RRC release message from the network device, where the RRC release message is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 and the second device to enter an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC release message includes release configuration information of the second device and identification information of the second device.
  • the identification information of the second device includes one or more of the following information: ID, I-RNTI, and 5G-S-TMSI of the second device.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send an RRC release message to the second device, where the RRC release message includes release configuration information of the second device.
  • processing module 802 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 801 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the transceiver module 801 is configured to receive a third message sent by the second device, where the third message is used to instruct the second device to establish or resume a connection with the network device;
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send a first message to the network device, where the first message is used to establish or restore the connection with the network device, and the first message is also used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to establish or restore the connection.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the communication apparatus 800 resumes the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection for the second device, and the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication apparatus 800 to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resource included in the random access response message received by the communication device 800.
  • the first message includes a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the communication device 800 to resume the connection.
  • the random preamble sent by the transceiver module 801 to the network device is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to perform random access for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to restore the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resources included in the random access response message received by the transceiver module 801, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the transceiver module 801 to the network device is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 for the second message.
  • the device performs random access.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the communication apparatus 800 expects to remain in the RRC connected state; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (ro-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (ro-VoiceCall), a video (ro-VideoCall), or a short message (ro-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device is paged to access (rt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the communication apparatus 800 initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the communication apparatus 800 initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 is accessed by paging (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the communication device 800 performs RNAU rna-Update and the communication device 800 remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the first indication is sent by the NAS layer of the transceiver module 801 to the RRC layer of the communication apparatus 800 when the processing module 802 determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data; or,
  • the first indication is determined by the RRC layer of the communication apparatus 800 when the processing module 802 determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data; or,
  • the channel for sending the first message is determined by the RRC layer of the communication apparatus 800 when the transceiver module 801 determines that the second device needs to send signaling or data.
  • the communication apparatus 800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network devices in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may be a network device, or may be a component (eg, a chip or a circuit) applied in the network device.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be used to support the communication between the network device and other network entities, for example, to support the communication between the network device and the relay UE and/or the remote UE shown in any of the embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the processing module 802 is configured to control and manage the actions of the network device.
  • the processing module 802 is configured to support the network device to perform all operations of the network device in any of the embodiments in FIGS.
  • the transceiver module 801 is used to perform all receive or transmit operations performed by the network device, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein, for example, the transceiver module 801 is used to support the network device to perform the All receive or transmit operations performed by a network device in any embodiment.
  • the transceiver module 801 is configured to receive a first message from the first device, where the first message is used for the first device to establish or restore a connection with the communication apparatus 800, and the first message is further used to indicate the first message the reason why the device established or resumed the connection;
  • the processing module 802 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the first device establishes or restores a connection because of a service of the second device, and the second device is a terminal device connected to the communication apparatus 800 through the first device.
  • the communication apparatus 800 determines, according to the first message, that the reason why the first device establishes or restores a connection is that the second device performs a radio access network notification area update RNAU, and the The communication apparatus 800 instructs the first device to remain in the RRC connected state or the RRC inactive state; or,
  • the communication apparatus 800 determines, according to the first message, that the reason why the first device establishes or restores the connection is that the first device performs RNAU.
  • the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate a reason for the first device to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message includes a first indication and a second indication, the first indication is used to indicate the reason why the first device resumes the connection, and the second indication is used to indicate whether the first device resumes the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the first device to resume the connection for the second device, and the first message includes the first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to resume the connection; or,
  • the first message is sent by the first device receiving the resources included in the random access response message, and the first message includes a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate the reason for the first device to resume the connection, wherein, before sending the first message,
  • the random preamble sent by the transceiver module 801 to the communication apparatus 800 is used to instruct the first device to perform random access for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the first CCCH, and is used to instruct the first device to restore the connection for the second device; or,
  • the first message is sent through the resource included in the random access response message received by the transceiver module 801, wherein, before sending the first message, the random preamble sent by the transceiver module 801 to the communication device 800 is used to indicate that the first device is for the first message.
  • the second device performs random access.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the communication apparatus 800 expects to remain in the RRC connected state; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates data (ro-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates signaling (ro-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device initiates a voice (ro-VoiceCall), a video (ro-VideoCall), or a short message (ro-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the second device is paged to access (rt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection for the second device to do RNAU r-rna-Update; or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection as a relay service (relay).
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first device expects to remain in the RRC connected state, and the processing module 802 determines that the first device remains in the RRC connected state.
  • the first message further includes auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the first device needs to update the RNA for at least one second device.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send an RRC release message to the first device, where the RRC release message is used to instruct the first device and the second device to enter an RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC release message includes release configuration information of the second device and identification information of the second device.
  • the processing module 802 is further configured to configure an uplink grant resource for the first device, where the uplink grant resource is used by the first device to send auxiliary information of the second device, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the first device A device needs to update RNA for at least a second device.
  • the transceiver module 801 is configured to receive a first message from the first device, where the first message is used to establish or resume a connection with the communication apparatus 800, and the first message is further used to instruct the first device to establish a connection Or the reason for restoring the connection; the processing module 802 determines according to the first message that the first device establishes or restores the connection due to the service of the second device, and the second device is a terminal device connected to the communication apparatus 800 through the first device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection is that the first device initiates a voice (mo-VoiceCall), a video (mo-VideoCall), or a short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for restoring the connection or the reason for establishing the connection that the first device is paged to access (mt-Access); or,
  • the first indication is used to indicate the reason for resuming the connection or the reason for establishing the connection: the first device does RNAU rna-Update and the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • processing module 802 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 801 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the communication apparatus 800 can correspondingly implement the actions and functions of the remote UE in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 800 may be a remote UE, or may be a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied in the remote UE.
  • the transceiver module 801 may be used to support the communication between the remote UE and other network entities, for example, support the communication between the remote UE and the relay UE and/or network device shown in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the processing module 802 is used to control and manage the actions of the remote UE.
  • the processing module 802 is used to support the remote UE to perform all operations of the remote UE except for sending and receiving in any of the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 801 is used to perform all receive or transmit operations performed by the remote UE, and/or to support other processes of the techniques described herein, for example, the transceiver module 801 is used to support the remote UE to perform the operations shown in FIGS. All receive or transmit operations performed by the remote UE in any embodiment.
  • the transceiver module 801 is configured to send a second message to the first device, where the second message is used to indicate that the communication apparatus 800 needs to update the wireless access notification area RNA;
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send a fourth message to the first device, where the fourth message carries the first paging parameter, and the first paging parameter is used by the first device to monitor the paging from the network device for the communication apparatus 800 .
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to receive a fifth message from at least one first device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the RNA corresponding to the first device;
  • the processing module 802 selects a certain first device from at least one first device according to the RNA of each first device.
  • the fourth message further carries a second paging parameter, and the second paging parameter is used to monitor the paging from the core network device.
  • the processing module 802 is configured to generate a third message, where the third message is used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to establish or restore a connection with the network device, and the third message is further used to instruct the communication apparatus 800 to establish or restore a connection The reason; the transceiver module 801 is configured to send the third message to the first device.
  • the third message includes a third indication, wherein,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring or establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 initiates data (mo-data); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring or establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 initiates signaling (mo-signalling); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for resuming or establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 initiates voice (mo-VoiceCall), video (mo-VideoCall) or short message (mo-SMS); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring or establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 is accessed by paging (mt-Access); or,
  • the third indication is used to indicate that the reason for restoring or establishing the connection is that the communication device 800 does RNAU rna-Update.
  • processing module 802 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 801 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • FIG. 9 shows a communication apparatus 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application, wherein the communication apparatus 900 may be a relay UE, which can implement the relay UE function in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, or the communication apparatus 900 may be a network device , can realize the function of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; or, the communication device 900 may be a remote UE, and can realize the function of the remote UE in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; or, the communication device 900 may also be capable of A device that supports a relay UE or a network device or a remote UE to implement the corresponding functions in the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may be a chip system. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver module 801 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated into the communication device 900 to form a communication interface 910 .
  • the communication device 900 includes at least one processor 920, and the processor 920 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application, for implementing or supporting the communication device 900 implements the function of relay UE or network device or remote UE in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.
  • Communication apparatus 900 may also include at least one memory 930 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Memory 930 is coupled to processor 920 .
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 920 may cooperate with memory 930 .
  • the processor 920 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 930 to cause the communication device 900 to implement the corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor 920 .
  • the communication device 900 may also include a communication interface 910, using any transceiver-like device, for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as radio access networks (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN) ), wired access network and other communications.
  • the communication interface 910 is used to communicate with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 900 can communicate with other devices.
  • the communication device 900 is a network device
  • the other device is a relay UE or a remote UE; or, when the communication device is a relay UE, the other device is a network device or a remote UE; or, when the communication When the device is a remote UE, the other device is a network device or a relay UE.
  • the processor 920 may use the communication interface 910 to send and receive data.
  • the communication interface 910 may specifically be a transceiver.
  • the specific connection medium between the communication interface 910 , the processor 920 , and the memory 930 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 930, the processor 920, and the communication interface 910 are connected through a bus 940 in FIG. 9.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 9.
  • the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 920 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement Alternatively, each method, step, and logic block diagram disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are executed.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory 930 may be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory).
  • read-only memory EEPROM
  • compact disc read-only memory CD-ROM
  • optical disc storage including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.
  • magnetic disk A storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, without limitation.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 940 .
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 930 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 920 .
  • the processor 920 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 930, thereby implementing the communication method provided by the above embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device in the above-mentioned embodiment may be a terminal or a circuit, or may be a chip applied in the terminal or other combined devices or components having the above-mentioned terminal function.
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the transceiver module may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface of the chip or the chip system
  • the processing module may be a processor or an integrated circuit of the chip or the chip system.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, specifically, the communication system includes a relay UE or a network device or a remote UE, or may also include more network devices, multiple relay UEs, and more remote UEs.
  • the communication system includes a relay UE or a network device or a remote UE for implementing the relevant functions of any of the above-mentioned embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the relay UEs are respectively used to implement the functions of the relevant relay UE parts of the embodiments of the present application, for example, used to implement the functions of the relevant relay UE parts of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the network device parts related to the embodiments of the present application, for example, to implement the functions of the network device parts related to the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the remote UE is used to implement the function of the remote UE part related to the embodiment of the present application, for example, it is used to implement the function of the remote UE related to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments which will not be repeated here.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the relay UE, network device or relay UE in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the method performed by the remote UE is not limited to a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the relay UE, network device or relay UE in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 . The method performed by the remote UE.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, when running on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the relay UE, network device, or remote UE in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 . method of execution.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may also include a memory, for implementing the functions of relay UE, network device, or remote UE in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present invention are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable apparatus.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by means of wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL for short) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.)
  • a computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains an integration of one or more available media.
  • the available media can be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, digital video disc (DVD) for short), or semiconductor media (eg, SSD), and the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种通信方法及通信装置,其中通信方法包括:第一设备生成第一消息,并向网络设备发送该第一消息,该第一消息用于恢复第一设备与网络设备的连接,且该第一消息还指示第一设备恢复连接的原因;其中,第一消息的发送由第二设备发送RNA更新触发,或者,第一设备恢复的连接用于第二设备更新RNA。由于第一消息指示的第一设备恢复连接的原因可根据第二设备更新RNA或为了更新第二设备RNA而设定,这样网络设备可确定第一设备恢复连接的真正原因,从而让第一设备有选择地处于连接态或者非激活态。这样可避免第一设备因为第二设备的业务重复多次进入连接态,从而节省信令的开销。

Description

一种通信方法及通信装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2020年12月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011479787.6、申请名称为“一种减少relay UE信令浪费的方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2021年01月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110057726.9、申请名称为“一种通信方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及通信装置。
背景技术
现在提出的用户设备(user equipment,UE)中继(relay)技术中,有一种relay方式,是远端(remote)UE能够被RAN可见的。在这种relay方式下,remote UE能够实现通信链路的切换。这种relay的形式,可以使remote UE通过relay UE与接入网设备建立连接,享受接入网提供的服务。例如,层2(layer2,L2)remote UE可以处于空闲态或非激活态,对于处于空闲态或者非激活态的remote UE来说,relay UE可以帮助remote UE进行paging监听,以节省remote UE的功耗。
但是relay UE帮助remote UE进行paging监听时,relay UE与remote UE需要在相同的基于无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)的区域通知(RAN-based notification area,RNA)内,才能保证网络设备能够找到remote UE。如果relay UE与remote UE不在相同的RNA,relay UE需要告知网络设备更新该relay UE注册的RNA。同样地,如果remote UE也移出了相应区域,为了使remote UE被网络找到,remote UE需要更新RNA。
relay UE不管是自己更新RNA,还是为了remote UE更新RNA,都需要与网络设备建立连接。目前relay UE请求与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接所携带的原因无法指示relay UE进行建立连接或恢复连接的真正意图。即网络设备并不知道relay UE进行RRC resume的真正意图。例如网络设备并不知道relay UE是否是因为remote UE而请求恢复连接。按照目前的流程,只要remote UE更新RNA,relay UE就需要重新进入连接态,即多次进行随机接入过程,需要涉及较多的信令交互,信令开销较大。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及通信装置,使得网络设备确定relay UE建立连接或恢复连接的真正原因,并让relay UE有选择地处于连接态或者非激活态,以避免relay UE重复多次进入连接态,节省信令的开销。
第一方面,提供第一种通信方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备为第一设备(relay UE)为例进行描述。该方法包括:
第一设备生成第一消息,并向网络设备发送该第一消息,该第一消息用于恢复第一设备与网络设备的连接,且该第一消息还指示第一设备恢复连接的原因;其中,第一消息的发送由第二设备发送RNA更新触发,或者,第一设备恢复的连接用于第二设备更新RNA(也可以认为第一消息用于第二设备更新RNA)。
在本方案中,第一设备可因为第二设备更新RNA向网络设备发送的第一消息,即请求与网络设备恢复连接的消息。第一消息指示的第一设备恢复连接的原因可根据第二设备更新RNA或为了更新第二设备RNA而设定,这样网络设备可确定第一设备恢复连接的真正原因,例如是因为第二设备而恢复连接。从而网络设备可根据第一设备恢复连接的真正原因,让第一设备有选择地处于连接态或者非激活态。例如,如果第一设备恢复连接的真正原因是因为第二设备,那么之后网络设备可让第一设备处于连接态,这样可避免第一设备因为第二设备的业务重复多次进入连接态,从而节省信令的开销。又例如,如果第一设备恢复连接的真正原因是因为第一设备,那么之后网络设备可让第一设备处于非激活态,以节省第一设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息指示第一设备恢复连接的原因有多种实现方式,示例性的,如下面列出的六种指示方式:
第一种指示方式,第一消息包括第一指示,该第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因。该方式通过第一指示就能指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,简单直接。
第二种指示方式,第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示第一设备是否为了第二设备恢复连接。该方式通过第一指示和第二指示可实现对两级原因的指示。例如第一指示可用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因为业务原因,第二指示可用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因是因为自己还是因为remote UE。
第三种指示方式,第一消息通过第一公共控制信道(common control channel,CCCH)发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备恢复连接。该方式通过发送第一消息的特定的逻辑信道来指示第一设备是为了第二设备恢复连接。网络设备根据发送第一消息的CCCH就能确定第一设备是否是为了第二设备恢复连接。即替代通过第一设备的恢复请求消息指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,可避免由于恢复请求消息的大小受限而无法指示第一设备恢复连接的原因。
第四种指示方式,第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因。该方式除了通过发送第一消息的CCCH来指示第一设备为了第二设备恢复连接,还通过第一指示来指示第一设备恢复连接的原因。既可以避免由于恢复请求消息的大小受限而无法指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,又可以通过第一指示指示第一设备具体应何种业务恢复连接。
第五种指示方式,第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入。该方式通过发送第一消息的资源来指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,可避免由于恢复请求消息的大小受限而无法指示第一设备恢复连接的原因。
第六种指示方式,第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进 行随机接入。该方式通过发送第一消息的资源以及第一消息包括的第一指示来指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,既能避免由于恢复请求消息的大小受限而无法指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,又可以通过第一指示指示第一设备具体应何种业务恢复连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
第一设备接收来自第二设备的第二消息,其中,第二消息用于指示第二设备需要更新RNA。该方案中,第二设备需要更新RNA时,第二设备可通过第二消息触发第一设备向网络设备发送第一消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
若第一设备当前驻留的小区的基于RAN的通知区域代码(RAN-based notification area Code,RAN-Areacode/RANAC)不属于第二设备的RNA,第一设备确定向网络设备发送第一消息。该方案中,第一设备确定第一设备与第二设备没有位于同一个RNA,那么第一设备确定第二设备后续可能需要更新RNA。这种情况下,第一设备可向第二设备发送第一消息,以为第二设备更新RNA做准备。例如,第一设备可提前进入连接态,降低后续第二设备更新RNA的时延。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息包括第二设备的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode;或者,第二消息包括第二设备当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。该方案列举了第二消息指示第二设备的RNA的两种实现方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
第一设备广播第五消息,第五消息包括第一设备驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。为了让第二设备从多个第一设备查找到与自己位于同一个RNA的第一设备,第一设备可广播第五消息。这样可避免第二设备请求与自己没有位于同一个RNA的第一设备帮助监听寻呼,保证第一设备帮助第二设备监听寻呼的可靠性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
第一设备在第二设备完成RNA更新后,接收来自第二设备的第四消息,该第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,第一寻呼参数用于第一设备为第二设备监听来自网络设备的寻呼。第二设备更新RNA之后,用于监听寻呼的寻呼参数可能发生变化。该方案中,第二设备更新RNA之后,可将更新RNA之后的相关寻呼参数告知第一设备,后续请求第一设备帮助第二设备监听寻呼,以尽量避免第一设备漏听属于第二设备的寻呼。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四消息还携带第二寻呼参数,第二寻呼参数用于第一设备为第二设备监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。第二设备更新RNA之后,可将更新RNA之后的第二寻呼参数告知第一设备,后续请求第一设备帮助第二设备监听来自核心网设备的寻呼,以尽量避免第一设备漏听属于第二设备的寻呼。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四消息还携带第二设备更新后的RNA。第二设备可将更新后的RNA告知第一设备,从而第一设备可根据第二设备更新后的RNA提前判断第二设备的有效RNA,以确定第二设备后续是否需要做RANU。如果第二设备后续需要做RANU,那么第一设备可提前进入连接态,从而节约第二设备做RNAU的时延。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四消息还用于指示第二设备已经完成RNA更新,该第一设备可以向网络请求释放第一设备的RRC连接,使得第一设备可以快速进入空闲态或非激活态,从而节约第一设备的能耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示可复用第二设备已有的恢复连接或建立连接的原 因,也可引入第一设备新的恢复连接或建立连接的原因。
示例性的,第一指示用于指示第一设备期望保持在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接态,即隐式地指示第一设备可能因为第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示可复用第一设备已有的恢复连接或建立连接的原因,也可以引入第一设备新的恢复连接或建立连接的原因。
示例性的,第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备做RNAU rna-Update且第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示可以是第一设备的RRC层确定,也可以是第一设备的非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)确定,并指示给RRC层。
示例性的,第一指示是第一设备确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,第一设备的NAS层发送给第一设备的RRC层的。
示例性的,第一指示是第一设备确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,第一设备的RRC层确定的。
示例性的,发送第一消息的信道是第一设备确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,第一设备的RRC层确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还包括辅助信息,辅助信息用于指示第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。即使第二设备需要更新RNA,第一设备请求与网络设备恢复连接之后,第一设备也可以不进入连接态。这种情况下,网络设备可配置第一设备的上行授权资源,以用于第一设备传输第二设备的辅助信息,从而实现第二设备的RNAU。进一步地,辅助信息还可以告知网络设备后续是否还有需要更新RNA的第二设备,便于网络设备合理地为第一设备分配用于传输第二设备的辅助信息的上行授权资源,提高第二设备更新RNA的成功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,辅助信息指示第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA的实现方式有多种,本申请实施例不限制具体使用何种方式,较为灵活。
示例性的,辅助信息包括第二设备的恢复ID和第一指示,可以直接将第二设备的恢复请求消息发送给网络设备,更快地为第二设备做RNA更新。
示例性的,辅助信息包括第二设备的恢复ID和第一指示,以及辅助信息还指示第一 设备后续还需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。例如,辅助信息除了包括第二设备的恢复ID和第一指示,还可以包括第四指示,该第四指示可占用1比特,用于指示后续是否还需要为另一个第二设备发送RNA更新的请求;或者,该第四指示可占用多个比特,用于指示后续需要进行RNAU的第二设备的数量。
示例性的,辅助信息用于指示第一设备后续还需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。辅助信息本身作为一种指示,占用较少比特即可指示,可节省第一消息的开销。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
第一设备接收来自网络设备的RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息用于指示第一设备以及第二设备进入RRC非激活态。如果网络设备确定第二设备更新RNA完之后,网络设备可指示第一设备以及第二设备进入RRC非激活态,以节约第一设备和第二设备的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,RRC释放消息包括第二设备的释放配置信息,以及第二设备的标识信息。网络设备发送给第一设备的RRC释放消息可包括第二设备的RRC释放消息,第一设备收到RRC释放消息,不解析第二设备的RRC释放消息,可直接将第二设备的RRC释放消息转发给第二设备。或者,网络设备发送给第一设备的RRC释放消息可包括第二设备的释放配置信息,以及第二设备的标识信息,第一设备可根据第二设备的标识信息将第二设备的释放配置信息发送给对应的第二设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二设备的标识信息有多种实现方式,例如包括如下信息中的一种或多种:
第二设备的恢复ID、第二设备的非激活无线网络临时标识(inactive radio network temporary identifier,I-RNTI)、第二设备的5G-服务-临时移动用户识别码(5G serving-temporary mobile subscription identifier,5G-S-TMSI)、第二设备的5G全球唯一临时标识(5G-globally unique temporary identity,5G-GUTI)等。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
第一设备向第二设备发送RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息包括第二设备的释放配置信息。如果网络设备向第一设备发送的RRC释放消息携带第二设备的释放配置信息,那么第一设备可将第二设备的释放配置信息转发给第二设备,使得第二设备处于空闲态或者非激活态,从而节约第二设备的能耗。
第二方面,提供第二种通信方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:
网络设备接收来自第一设备的第一消息,并根据第一消息确定第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立或恢复连接,其中,第一消息用于建立或恢复与网络设备的连接,第一消息还用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,第二设备为通过第一设备连接网络设备的终端设备。网络设备可根据第一消息确定第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立连接或恢复连接,从而确定让第一设备保持在连接态,以减少第一设备因为第二设备的业务进入连接态的次数,避免不必要的信令浪费。
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备根据第一消息确定第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为第二设备进行RNAU,网络设备指示第一设备保持在RRC连接态或RRC非激活态;或者,网络设备根据第一消息确定第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为第一设备进行RNAU。 网络设备根据第一消息确定第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立连接或恢复连接有多种确定方式,例如一种确定方式第一消息指示第二设备进行RNAU,直接明了。另一种确定方式第一消息指示第一设备进行RNAU,尽管是第一设备进行RNAU,考虑到第一设备帮助第二设备监听寻呼与RNA有关,第一设备进行RNAU,后续第二设备也可能进行RNAU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示第一设备是否为了第二设备建立或恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备建立或恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备建立或恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示用于指示第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(ro-data);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(ro-VoiceCall)或视频(ro-VideoCall)或短消息(ro-SMS);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入(rt-Access);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示用于指示第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态,网络设备确定第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还包括辅助信息,辅助信息用于指示第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
网络设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息,RRC释放消息用于指示第一设备以及第二设备进入RRC非激活态。
在一种可能的实现方式中,RRC释放消息包括第二设备的释放配置信息,以及第二设 备的标识信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
网络设备为第一设备配置上行授权资源,所述上行授权资源用于第一设备发送第二设备的辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。该方案中,网络设备可为第一设备配置用于发送第二设备的辅助信息的资源,这样无需第一设备进入连接态,也能够实现第二设备的RNA的更新。
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,还可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第三方面,提供第三种通信方法,该方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备为第二设备(remote UE)为例进行描述。该方法包括:
第二设备向第一设备发送第二消息以及第四消息,其中,第二消息用于指示第二设备需要更新RNA,第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,该第一寻呼参数用于第一设备为第二设备监听来自网络设备的寻呼。第二设备更新RNA之后,可将更新RNA之后的第一寻呼参数发送给第一设备,这样第一设备可根据正确的寻呼参数帮助第二设备监听来自网络设备的寻呼,从而避免漏听寻呼。
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
第二设备接收来自至少一个第一设备的第五消息,该所述第五消息用于指示对应第一设备的RNA;第二设备根据各个第一设备的RNA从至少一个第一设备中选择某个第一设备。各个第一设备可广播自身的RNA,以避免第二设备选择与该第二设备没有位于同一个RNA的第一设备提供中继服务,保证第二设备选择能够为其提供中继服务的第一设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四消息还携带第二寻呼参数,第二寻呼参数用于监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。第二设备更新RNA之后,可将更新RNA之后的第二寻呼参数发送给第一设备,这样第一设备可根据正确的寻呼参数帮助第二设备监听来自核心网设备的寻呼,从而避免漏听寻呼。第四消息还可以指示第二设备完成RNAU,使得第一设备可以及时申请释放与网络设备的连接,帮助第一设备节约能耗。
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,还可参考对于第一方面,以及第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第四方面,提供第四种通信方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备为第一设备(relay UE)为例进行描述。该方法包括:
第一设备接收第二设备发送的第三消息,并向网络设备发送第一消息,其中,第三消息用于指示第二设备与网络设备建立或恢复连接,第一消息用于第一设备建立与网络设备的连接,第一消息还用于指示第一设备建立连接的原因,或者,第一消息用于第一设备恢复与网络设备的连接,第一消息还用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因。
本申请实施例中,第一设备可由第二设备的触发向网络设备请求建立连接或恢复连接,第一设备可根据第二设备的接入原因填写与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接的原因。从而辅 助网络设备合理配置第一设备,可避免网络设备由于无法区分第一设备的接入原因是因为第一设备还是因为第二设备,可能做出错误的处理。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息指示第一设备恢复连接的原因有多种实现方式,示例性的,如下面列出的六种指示方式:
第一种指示方式,第一消息包括第一指示,该第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接或恢复连接的原因。
第二种指示方式,第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示第一设备是否为了第二设备建立或恢复连接。
第三种指示方式,第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备建立连接或恢复连接。
第四种指示方式,第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备建立或恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接或恢复连接的原因。
第五种指示方式,第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入。
第六种指示方式,第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接或恢复连接的原因,其中,发送所述第一消息前,所述第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备进行随机接入。
上述各种指示方式的技术效果可参考前述第一方面中各种指示方式的技术效果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示可复用第二设备已有的恢复连接或建立连接的原因,也可引入第一设备新的恢复连接或建立连接的原因。
示例性的,第一指示用于指示第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(ro-data);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(ro-VoiceCall)或视频(ro-VideoCall)或短消息(ro-SMS);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备被寻呼接入(rt-Access)rt-Access;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示可复用第二设备已有的恢复连接或建立连接的原因,也可引入第一设备新的恢复连接或建立连接的原因。
示例性的,第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为所述第一设备发起信令 (mo-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备做RNAU rna-Update且第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示可以是第一设备的RRC层确定,也可以是第一设备的非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)确定,并指示给RRC层。
示例性的,第一指示是第一设备确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,第一设备的NAS层发送给第一设备的RRC层的。
示例性的,第一指示是第一设备确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,第一设备的RRC层确定的;或者,
示例性的,发送第一消息的信道是第一设备确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,第一设备的RRC层确定的。
第五方面,提供第五种通信方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:
网络设备接收来自第一设备的第一消息,并根据第一消息确定所述第一设备因第二设备的业务建立或恢复连接,其中,第一消息用于第一设备建立或恢复与网络设备的连接,第一消息还用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,第二设备为通过第一设备连接网络设备的终端设备。网络设备可根据第一消息确定第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立连接或恢复连接,从而确定让第一设备保持在连接态,以减少第一设备因为第二设备的业务进入连接态的次数,避免不必要的信令浪费。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息指示第一设备恢复连接的原因有多种实现方式,示例性的,如下面列出的六种指示方式:
第一种指示方式,第一消息包括第一指示,该第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接的原因或恢复连接的原因。
第二种指示方式,第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接的原因或恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示第一设备是否为了第二设备建立连接或恢复连接。
第三种指示方式,第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备建立连接或恢复连接。
第四种指示方式,第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备建立连接或恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接或恢复连接的原因。
第五种指示方式,第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入。
第六种指示方式,第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备建立连接或恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,第一设备向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示用于指示所述第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(ro-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(ro-VoiceCall)或视频(ro-VideoCall)或短消息(ro-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入(rt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备做RNAU rna-Update且第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
关于第五方面或第五方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,还可参考对于第四方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第六方面,提供第六种通信方法,该方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片***。下面以所述通信设备为第二设备(remote UE)为例进行描述。该方法包括:
第二设备生成第三消息,并向第一设备发送第三消息,其中,第三消息用于指示第二设备与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接,第三消息还用于指示第二设备建立连接的原因或恢复连接的原因。第二设备有与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接的需求时,可触发第一设备建立与网络设备的连接,通过第一设备为其提供中继服务。第三消息可携带第二设备建立连接的原因或恢复连接的原因,辅助第一设备填写向网络设备请求建立连接或请求恢复连接的原因。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三消息包括第三指示,其中,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU rna-Update。
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,还可参考对于第四方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为上述第一方面或第四方面的第一设备。该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面或第四方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置例如包括收发模块,收发模块可包括相互耦合的接收模块和发送模块,还可以包括与接收模块和/或发送模块耦合的处理模块,这些模块可以执行上述第一方面或第四方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体可参见方法示例中的详细描述。
示例性的,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面实施例中的行为的功能。在可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块,用于生成第一消息,该第一消息用于所述通信装置恢复与网络设备的连接,该第一消息还指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因;
所述收发模块,用于向网络设备发送第一消息,其中,该第一消息的发送由第二设备发送RNA更新触发,或者,所述通信装置恢复的连接用于第二设备更新RNA。
示例性的,该通信装置具有实现上述第四方面实施例中的行为的功能,在可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,用于接收第二设备发送的第三消息,该第三消息用于指示第二设备与网络设备建立或恢复连接;
所述收发模块还用于向网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于所述通信装置建立或恢复与网络设备的连接,该第一消息还用于指示所述通信装置建立或恢复连接的原因。
在一种可选的实现方式中,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示所述通信装置是否为了所述第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息通过所述通信装置接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,所述通信装置向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过所述通信装置接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,所述通信装置向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备进行随机接入。
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为前述第二方面或第五方面的网络设备。该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面或第五方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置例如包括收发模块,收发模块可包括相互耦合的接收模块和发送模块,还可以包括与接收模块和/或发送模块耦合的处理模块,这些模块可以执行上述第二方面或第五方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体可参见方法示例中的详细描述。
示例性的,该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面或第五方面实施例中的行为的功能,该在可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块用于,接收来自第一设备的第一消息,该第一消息用于第一设备建立或恢复与所述通信装置的连接,该第一消息还用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;
所述处理模块,用于根据第一消息确定第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立或恢复连接,第二设备为通过第一设备连接所述通信装置的终端设备。
作为第二方面的一种可选的实现方式,所述处理模块具体用于:
根据第一消息确定第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为第二设备进行RNAU,所述处理模块指示第一设备保持在RRC连接态或RRC非激活态;或者,
根据第一消息确定第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为第一设备进行RNAU。
作为第二方面或第五方面的一种可选的实现方式,
第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示所述通信装置是否为了所述第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息通过所述通信装置接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示所述通信装置恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,所述通信装置向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过所述通信装置接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,所述通信装置向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述通信装置为了第二设备进行随机接入。
作为第二方面或第五方面的一种可选的实现方式,
第一指示用于指示第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(ro-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令 (ro-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(ro-VoiceCall)或视频(ro-VideoCall)或短消息(ro-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入rt-Access;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做更新RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
作为第五方面的一种可选的实现方式,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备做RNAU rna-Update且所述第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为前述第三方面或第六方面的第二设备。该通信装置具有实现上述第三方面或第六方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置例如包括收发模块,该收发模块可包括相互耦合的接收模块和发送模块,还可以包括与接收模块和/或发送模块耦合的处理模块,这些模块可以执行上述第三方面或第六方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体可参见方法示例中的详细描述。
示例性的,该通信装置具有实现上述第三方面实施例中的行为的功能,该在可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块用于向第一设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于指示所述通信装置需要更新RNA;
所述收发模块还用于向第一设备发送第四消息,该第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,第一寻呼参数用于第一设备为第二设备监听来自网络设备的寻呼。
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述收发模块,还用于接收来自至少一个第一设备的第五消息,该第五消息用于指示对应第一设备的RNA;
所述处理模块还用于根据各个第一设备的RNA从至少一个第一设备中选择所述第一设备。
示例性的,该通信装置具有实现上述第六方面实施例中的行为的功能,该在可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块,用于生成第三消息,该第三消息用于指示所述通信装置与网络设备建立或恢复连接,该第三消息还用于指示所述通信装置建立或恢复连接的原因;
所述收发模块,用于向第一设备发送所述第三消息。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第三消息包括第三指示,其中,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU rna-Update。
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一设备或者设置在第一设备中的芯片;该通信装置也可以为上述方法实施例中的网络设备或者设置在网络设备中的芯片;该通信装置也可以为上述方法实施例中的第二设备或者设置在第二设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中对应功能实体所执行的方法。例如当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中第一设备所执行的方法;又例如当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中网络设备所执行的方法;例如当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中第二设备所执行的方法。
其中,第十方面的通信装置中的通信接口可以是通信装置中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果通信装置为设置在通信装置中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。
第十一方面,提供了一种通信***,所述通信***包括前述的第七方面所述的任一通信装置、第八方面所述的任一通信装置和第九方面所述的任一通信装置。
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,用于实现上述各方面的方法中第一设备或网络设备或第二设备的功能。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片***,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码并运行时,使得上述各方面中由第一设备或网络设备或第二设备执行的方法被执行。
第十四方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被运行时,实现上述各方面中第一设备或网络设备或第二设备执行的方法。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例的一种网络架构示意图;
图2为relay UE和remote UE更新注册的TA或者RNA的流程示意图;
图3为本申请实施例提供的remote UE和relay UE移动后所在RNA的示意图;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图;
图5为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程示意图;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法的流程示意图;
图7为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法的流程示意图;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意;
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。
在介绍本申请之前,首先对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行简单解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)、本申请实施例中的终端设备(也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE))是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。该终端设备例如可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车与外界(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、用户站(customer premises equipment,CPE)、固定无线接入(fixed wireless access,FWA)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位***(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智 能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。
而如上介绍的各种终端,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。
在本申请实施例中,可将能够接入RAN的设备都看作终端设备,该终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。应理解,一个终端设备可以通过另一个终端设备与RAN设备进行数据通信,这种情况下,可将另一个终端设备称为中继或中继终端设备,相对的,所述一个终端设备可称为远端终端设备。
2)本申请实施例中所涉及的网络设备,是网络侧的一种用于发射和/或接收信号的实体,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者例如,一种车到一切(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。基站是一种部署在无线接入网中满足4G或5G标准的为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置,可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。基站还可以协调对空口的属性管理。例如基站可包括LTE***或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)新空口(new radio,NR)***(也简称为NR***)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,Cloud RAN)***中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。接入网设备还可以是新无线控制器(new radio controller,NR controller),可以是5G***中的gNode B(gNB),可以是集中式网元(centralized unit),可以是新无线基站,可以是射频拉远模块,可以是微基站(也称为小站),可以是中继(relay),可以是分布式网元(distributed unit),可以是各种形式的宏基站,可以是传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、传输测量功能(transmission measurement function,TMF)或传输点(transmission point,TP)或者任何其它无线接入设备,或者下一代通信中的基站,但本申请实施例不限于此。网络设备也可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。
网络设备还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备例如包括5G***中的访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等,或者包括4G***中的移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)等。
3)非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)机制。DRX机制包括DRX周期(cycle),终端设备在DRX周期内会周期性地“醒来”一段时间,在DRX周期中的其他时间可以保持“休眠”状态,以降低功耗。简单来说,在DRX机制下,终端设备可以周期性地进入睡眠状态,不需要监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)。
4)无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态,终端设备有3种RRC状态:RRC连接(connected)态、RRC空闲(idle)态和RRC非激活(inactive)态。
RRC连接态(或,也可以简称为连接态。在本文中,“连接态”和“RRC连接态”,是同一概念,两种称呼可以互换)。RRC连接态下,终端设备与网络设备之间建立了RRC连接,网络设备可以通过与终端设备之间的连接对处于RRC连接态的终端设备进行调度,也可以与处于连接态的终端设备进行数据传输。终端设备没有业务时,可以在网络设备的指示下断开空口的RRC连接,进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。
RRC空闲态(或,也可以简称为空闲态。在本文中,“空闲态”和“RRC空闲态”,是同一概念,两种称呼可以互换)。RRC空闲态下,终端设备没有与网络设备建立RRC连接,网络侧没有存储该终端设备的上下文,即网络侧不认识终端设备。如果终端设备需要从RRC空闲态进入RRC连接态,则需要发起RRC连接建立过程。如果终端设备注册在核心网的业务有需要找终端设备时,需要通过核心网(core network,CN)寻呼(paging)对终端设备进行寻呼。为了更有效地找到终端设备,网络设备和终端设备协商了一个时间点,即寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)。终端设备可在PO监听,以确定是否有网络设备寻找;同样地,终端设备如果要寻找终端设备,可在与PO对应的时间发送寻呼。发送寻呼的区域称为跟踪区(tracking area,TA)。当终端设备移动出TA时,需要重新进入RRC连接态,告诉核心网发生了TA的更新。这样网络侧总能够知道终端设备所在的TA,及时寻呼(paging)到终端设备。
RRC非激活态(或,也可称为RRC非活跃态,或简称为非活跃态或非激活态。在本文中,“去活动态”、“非活跃态”、“去活跃态”、“去激活态”、“非激活态”、“RRC非激活态”或“RRC去激活态”等,是同一概念,这几种称呼可以互换):终端设备之前在锚点基站进入了RRC连接态,然后锚点基站释放了该RRC连接,但是锚点基站保存了该终端设备的上下文(context)。如果该终端设备需要从RRC非激活态再次进入RRC连接态,则需要在当前驻留的基站发起RRC连接恢复(resume)过程(或者称为RRC连接重建立过程)。因为终端设备可能处于移动状态,因此终端设备当前驻留的基站与终端设备的锚点基站可能是同一基站,也可能是不同的基站。终端设备进入RRC非激活态,虽然断开了与瞄点基站的连接,但是保持着与核心网的通路,所以RRC恢复过程相对于RRC建立过程来说,终端设备能够快速地进行连接恢复,时延更短,信令开销更小。
与核心网需要找到终端设备类似,瞄点基站也需要在核心网有数据到达时找到终端设备。为了找到终端设备,瞄点基站与终端设备共同确定出接入网(RAN)paging的PO,例如根据I-RNTI、5G-S-TMSI、RAN paging非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)周期(cycle)等参数确定RAN paging的PO。当终端设备在核心网有数据到达时,会先通过RAN paging来寻找终端设备。寻址终端设备的区域配置(RAN notification area,RNA)是基站通过RRC release消息配置给终端设备的。当终端设备移出配置的RNA时,例如终端设备发现基站广播的RAN-AreaCode不在配置的RNA,终端设备需要进行RDA的更新。基站可在获取到终端设备的上下文之后,再次将终端设备放置到inactive态,并下发暂停 指示(suspend indication)的配置。
终端设备处于非激活态时,可能会需要发起恢复(resume)过程。例如终端设备接收到RAN paging,会发起resume过程;或者终端设备周期性进行RNA的更新(update),会发起resume过程;又或者终端设备根据网络的广播信息,确定出了RNA,会发起resume过程,以告知网络侧所确定的RNA。
终端设备发起resume时,会根据业务的发起进行统一接入控制(unified access control,UAC),例如,终端设备在resume请求消息中携带相应的原因值(也称为resume cause)。例如,终端设备因为更新RNA发起resume,resume请求消息中携带的resume cause可为rna-update,用于指示更新RNA。又例如,终端设备因为RAN-paging的触发发起resume,resume请求消息中携带的resume cause可为mt-Access,用于指示终端设备接收到寻呼需要进行相应业务而发起的接入。
因为终端设备可能处于移动状态,因此终端设备当前驻留的基站与保存了终端设备的context的基站可能是同一基站,也可能是不同的基站。处于RRC inactive态的终端设备在当前驻留的基站发起RRC resume时,当前驻留的基站会根据resume请求消息携带的resume ID找到上一个服务终端设备的基站,从该基站获取终端设备的context。当前驻留的基站获取了终端设备的context之后,可以根据终端设备发送的resume请求消息携带的resume原因值,确定将终端设备置于哪种状态。例如,如果resume请求消息携带的resume原因值为rna-update,当前驻留的基站可确定终端设备继续处于RRC inactive态。
5)本申请实施例中的术语“***”和“网络”可被互换使用。术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上。术语“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。例如,第一标识和第二标识,可以是同一个标识,也可以是不同的标识,且,这种名称也并不是表示这两个标识的信息量大小、内容、优先级或者重要程度等的不同。
前文介绍了本申请实施例所涉及到的一些名词概念,下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。
现在提出的UE relay技术中,有一种relay方式,是远端(remote)UE能够被RAN可见的。在这种relay方式下,remote UE能够实现通信链路的切换。
请参见图1,为UE relay的一种网络架构示意图。在图1中包括remote UE、relay UE以及接入网设备和核心网设备,应理解,图1中的remote UE、relay UE的数量仅是举例,还可以更多或者更少。任意remote UE可选择多个relay UE中的某个relay UE为其提供中继服务。remote UE可以是眼镜或手表或其他可穿戴设备,也可以是手机;relay UE可以是手机或客户前置设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)或车载通信设备或者路边单元等。 图1以remote UE是智能手表,手机作为relay UE为例。智能手表可以安装(embedded subscriber identity module,eSIM)卡,智能手表通过eSIM卡能够直接与网络设备通信。用户带着智能手表出去跑步,而没有带手机。则在室外时智能手表可通过Uu口与网络设备进行直连通信。当用户跑完步回家,智能手表通过侧行链路(sidelink,SL)检测到手机的存在,则智能手表可自动从与网络设备之间的直连链路切换到通过手机进行中继的非直连链路,或者智能手表也可以基于用户的操作,从与网络设备之间的直连链路切换到通过手机进行中继的非直连链路,以将手机作为中继(relay)UE,通过手机与网络通信。需要说明的是,网络中可更多个relay UE,remote UE可选择通过多个relay UE中的某个relay UE为其提供中继服务,以节约某些relay UE的功耗。
这种relay的形式,可以使remote UE通过relay UE与接入网设备建立连接,享受接入网提供的服务,同时可节省remote UE的功耗。例如,层2(layer2,L2)remote UE可以处于空闲态或非激活态,对于处于空闲态或者非激活态的remote UE来说,relay UE可以帮助remote UE进行paging监听,以节省remote UE的功耗。
relay UE帮助remote UE进行paging监听时,relay UE与remote UE需要在相同的跟踪区域(tracking area,TA)或RNA内,才能保证网络设备能够找到remote UE。然而,remote UE与该remote UE选择为其提供中继服务的relay UE可能不在相同的TA或RNA内;或者,由于remote UE与relay UE的移动性,relay UE移出remote UE所在的TA或RNA内,这样网络设备无法找到remote UE。
为了使得remote UE被网络找到,relay UE在重选小区之后,如果发现relay UE位于该relay UE之前注册的TA或者RNA的区域之外,那么relay UE需要告知网络设备更新该relay UE注册的TA或者RNA。同样地,如果remote UE也移出了相应区域,为了使remote UE被网络找到,remote UE需要更新其注册的TA或者RNA。示例性的,relay UE和remote UE更新注册的TA或者RNA的过程可参考图2所示的流程。
S201、remote UE与relay UE保持PC5连接,用于使能relay UE帮助remote UE监听remote UE的paging。
S202、relay UE发现自己与remote UE不在相同的RNA,或者relay UE小区重选后发现无线接入网区域码(RAN-Areacode)发生变化。
之后,relay UE进行随机接入过程,执行relay UE的RNA的更新(RNA update,RNAU),例如可执行S203a-S203d:
S203a、relay UE向网络设备发送随机接入请求消息,该随机接入请求消息携带随机接入前导码(preamble),用于随机接入。
S203b、网络设备向relay UE发送随机接入响应消息。
S203c、relay UE向网络设备发送RRC恢复请求(RRC resume request)消息,该RRC resume request携带relay UE请求恢复连接的原因信息,用于指示relay UE请求恢复连接的原因。例如该原因为relay UE需要执行RNAU。其中,RRC resume request消息可以是随机接入过程中的Msg3。
S203d、网络设备向relay UE发送RRC释放(RRC release)消息,用于释放relay UE与网络设备连接的资源。
S204、relay UE向remote UE转发***信息(system information,SI)。
S205、remote UE通过侧行链路(sidelink,SL)上的信令无线承载(signal radio bearer, SRB)向relay UE发送RRC resume request消息,用于remote UE执行RNAU。其中,SRB例如为SRB0。
之后,relay UE在remote UE的触发下,重新进入连接态,例如可执行S206a-S206e:
S206a的具体实现同前述S203a,S206b的具体实现同前述S203b,这里不再赘述。S206c与S203c的不同之处在于,S206c中relay UE向网络设备发送RRC resume request消息不包括原因信息。S206d与S203d不同,S206d中,网络设备向relay UE发送用于relay UE恢复连接的配置信息。该配置信息可承载在随机接入过程中的Msg4,也就是网络设备向relay UE发送Msg4,该Msg4携带用于relay UE恢复连接的配置信息。在S206e中,relay UE向网络设备发送RRC恢复完成(RRC resume complete)消息。该RRC resume complete)消息可以是随机接入过程中的Msg5。
之后,relay UE根据网络配置relay,例如可执行S207a-S207c:
S207a、relay UE向网络设备发送侧行链路UE信息(sidelink UE information,SUI)消息,用于请求建立relay。SUI消息可携带remote UE的标识,例如包括remote UE的C-RNTI。可选的,该SUI消息还可以请求配置remote UE与relay UE之间的侧行链路,以支持relay UE为remote UE提供中继服务。
S207b、网络设备向relay UE发送RRC重配置(RRC reconfiguartion)消息。该RRC reconfiguartion消息携带用于relay UE为remote UE提供中继服务的配置信息。
S207c、relay UE向网络设备发送RRC重配置完成(RRC reconfiguartion complete)消息。
relay UE根据RRC reconfiguartion消息携带的配置信息配置完后,relay UE可向网络设备发送RRC reconfiguartion complete消息,以告知网络设备,relay UE已完成为remote UE提供中继服务的配置。
S208、remote UE通过relay UE进行RNAU。
当relay UE与网络设备建立连接后,remote UE可通过relay UE进行RNAU。
如图2所示的流程,当remote UE与relay UE有PC5连接,relay UE做RNAU后,目前的S203c中RRC resume request携带的relay UE请求恢复连接的原因信息无法使得网络设备确定relay UE进行RRC resume的真正意图。例如网络设备并不知道relay UE是否是因为remote UE而请求恢复连接。这样导致网络设备会配置relay UE重复进行连接态,relay UE重复进行连接态的过程,需要涉及较多的信令交互,信令开销较大。例如,在一种可能的场景,即remote UE处于RRC inactive态,relay UE处于RRC inactive态,remote UE驻留(camp)在relay UE所在的小区,relay UE发生移动时,relay UE与remote UE均需要进行RNAU。这种场景下,如果relay UE请求RRC resume是因为remote UE自身需要RNAU,但是网络设备会认为relay UE请求RRC resume是因为relay UE需要RNAU,网络设备可使relay UE进入RRC inactive态。这样remote UE发起RNAU时,relay UE需重新进入RRC连接态,信令开销较大,甚至浪费信令。
且remote UE在完成RNAU之后,用于标识remote UE的非激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive RNTI,I-RNTI)可能发生变化,导致relay UE没有用于帮助remote UE作paging的相关信息,无法帮助remote UE进行paging监听。而且,remote UE和relay UE都进行RNAU,但是remote UE和relay UE更新后的RNA可能不在一个区域。例如,如图3所示,remote UE和relay UE在RNAU之前,remote UE和relay UE都位于区域1,但是remote UE 和relay UE在RNAU之后,remote UE可能位于区域1,relay UE可能位于区域2。这种情况下,remote UE并不知道relay UE更新后的RNA,这就导致remote UE无法选择一个跟remote UE更新后的RNA相同的relay UE,自然无法让relay UE帮助监听paging。
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种技术方案。在该方案中,relay UE可告知网络设备该relay UE建立连接或恢复连接的原因是因为自己,还是因为remote UE,从而网络设备可根据relay UE建立连接或恢复连接的真正原因,使relay UE有选择地处于RRC连接态或者RRC inactive态。例如,如果relay UE建立连接或恢复连接的真正原因是因为remote UE,那么网络设备可使relay UE处于RRC连接态。这样可减少因remote UE需要relay UE为其提供中继服务,relay UE进入RRC连接态的次数,节省信令的开销。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于***移动通信技术(the 4th generation,4G)***中,例如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***,或可以应用于5G***中,例如新无线(new radio,NR)***,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信***或其他类似的通信***,具体的不做限制。另外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于蜂窝链路、PLMN网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。也可以应用于设备间的链路,例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)链路。或者可以应用于V2X场景,例如NR-V2X场景等,例如可应用于车联网,例如V2X、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)等,或可用于智能驾驶、辅助驾驶、或智能网联车等领域。D2D链路,也可以称为sidelink,其中侧行链路也可以称为边链路或副链路等。在本申请实施例中,上述的术语都是指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,其含义相同。所谓相同类型的设备,可以是终端设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以是基站到基站之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的链路,有第三代合作伙伴计划(third generation partnership project,3GPP)的版本(Rel)-12/13定义的D2D链路,也有3GPP为车联网定义的车到车、车到手机、或车到任何实体的V2X链路,包括Rel-14/15。还包括目前3GPP正在研究的Rel-16及后续版本的基于NR***的V2X链路等。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。在下文的介绍中,以本申请实施例应用在图1所示的网络架构为例。下文中的第一设备是图1中的中继终端设备,即relay UE,第二设备是图1中远端终端设备,即remote UE。
请参见图4,为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图。按照图4所示的流程,网络设备可根据relay UE建立连接或恢复连接的真正原因,使relay UE有选择地处于RRC连接态或者RRC inactive态,以减少relay UE重复进入连接态的次数,节约信令的开销。具体的流程描述如下。
S401、remote UE与relay UE保持PC5连接,用于使能relay UE帮助remote UE监听remote UE的寻呼。
S402、relay UE确定需要进行RNAU。
relay UE确定需要RNAU可以包括两方面,一方面是relay UE确定relay UE自身需要RNAU。例如,relay UE在小区重选之后,发现relay UE当前驻留的小区的RAN-Areacode(RANAC)发生变化,不在属于relay UE被配置的RNA时,那么relay UE可确定需要RNAU。由于relay UE需要做RNAU,remote UE也可能需要做RNAU。Relay UE需要根 据其需要做RNAU发起与网络设备的连接恢复过程。由于后续remote UE仍需要通过relay UE的该连接向网络设备发起连接恢复,进行remote UE的RNA,所以relay UE确定remote UE需要RNAU,向网络设备请求恢复连接,也可以认为relay UE向网络设备请求恢复连接用于remote UE更新RNA。
另一方面是relay UE确定remote UE需要RNAU。例如,remote UE请求通过relay UE进行RNAU。应理解,remote UE与relay UE处于同一个RNA时,relay UE可帮助remote UE监听remote UE的paging。当remote UE发现为其提供中继服务的relay UE的RNA与自己的RNA不同时,remote UE可请求进行RNAU。remote UE请求通过relay UE进行RNAU,可能包括以下几种情况。
第一种情况,relay UE接收到来自remote UE的第二消息,该第二消息携带有指示信息,该指示信息用于指示remote UE需要更新RNA,那么relay UE根据该指示信息可确定remote UE需要RNAU。
第二种情况,relay UE接收到来自remote UE的第二消息,该第二消息包括remote UE的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode。relay UE获得remote UE的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode之后,发现relay UE当前驻留的小区的RAN-Areacode不属于第二消息包括的RAN-Areacode所指示的RNA,那么relay UE可确定remote UE需要RNAU。
第三种情况,relay UE接收到来自remote UE的第二消息,该第二消息包括remote UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。relay UE获得第二消息中的RAN-Areacode之后,发现relay UE当前驻留的小区的RAN-Areacode不属于第二消息包括的RAN-Areacode所指示的RNA,那么relay UE可确定remote UE需要RNAU。
第四种情况,relay UE接收来自remote UE的第二消息,该第二消息包括remote UE的RRC resume request,具体内容见S405。Relay UE通过接收到remote UE的RRC resume request,通过消息中携带的resumecause,可以确定remote UE需要RNAU。
relay UE确定remote UE需要RNAU之后,可向网络设备请求恢复连接。例如,relay UE向网络设备发起随机接入过程。relay UE确定remote UE需要RNAU,向网络设备请求恢复连接,也可以认为,relay UE向网络设备请求恢复连接是由remote UE发送第二消息触发的。
S403a、relay UE向网络设备发送随机接入前导码(preamble),相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的preamble。网络设备是relay UE驻留的网络设备。
该preamble可以是普通的preamble,或者,该preamble也可以是专用的preamble,例如网络设备可配置专门用于relay UE因为中继接入所需要的preamble。如果该preamble是专用的preamble,那么该preamble可用于指示relay UE请求恢复连接的原因,例如relay UE是因为remote UE请求恢复连接。又例如,relay UE是因为remote UE做RNAU请求恢复连接。又例如,relay UE是因为remote UE被网络寻呼请求恢复连接。又例如,relay UE是因为remote UE发起数据业务或发起语音业务而请求恢复连接。因preamble是普通的preamble,还是专用的preamble,导致后续流程也有所不同,对此,在后续的实施例中单独介绍。
S403b、网络设备向relay UE发送随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自网络设备的RAR消息。
S403c、relay UE向网络设备发送第一消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的第一消息,该第一消息用于恢复relay UE与网络设备的连接,该第一消息还指示relay UE恢 复连接的原因。
第一消息也可以为RRC恢复请求消息,例如可以是随机接入过程中的Msg3。第一消息可用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。例如,该原因为relay UE自身的业务恢复连接,或者该原因为relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接。
如果原因为relay UE自身的业务恢复连接,那么该原因可复用relay UE请求恢复连接的恢复原因(RRC resume request的resume cause)。例如,该原因可为relay UE发起数据(mo-data);或者,该原因可为relay UE发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,该原因可为relay UE发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,该原因可为relay UE被寻呼接入(mt-Access)。当然,还可以引入新的原因,例如该原因可为relay UE做RNAU rna-Update且relay UE保持在RRC连接态。
如果原因为relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接,那么该原因可复用relay UE请求恢复连接的恢复原因(RRC resume request的resume cause)。例如,该原因为remote UE发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,该原因为remote UE做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,该原因为relayUE做中继业务relay。当然,还可以引入新的原因,例如该原因为remote UE做RNAU(remote-rna-Update);或者,该原因为relayUE期望保持在RRC连接态。
如上列举了relay UE恢复连接的可能原因。第一消息指示前述列举的relay UE恢复连接的原因可以有多种方式,下面举例介绍。
第一种指示方式:第一消息包括第一指示(或者成为第一原因指示信息),该第一指示用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。
relay UE通过第一指示就能指示该relay UE恢复连接的原因,例如mo-data、mo-signalling或mo-VoiceCall,等等。网络设备接收来自relay UE的第一消息后,获得第一指示就能确定relay UE恢复连接的原因。例如,第一指示用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因为relay UE做RNAU rna-Update且relay UE保持在RRC连接态。网络设备接收第一消息,可让relay UE保持在RRC连接态。
例如,第一消息是RRC resume request消息,该第一指示可包括在RRC resume request消息中新增加的一个字段。又例如,第一消息是RRC resume request消息,该第一指示可包括在RRC resume request消息中已有的字段。例如,RRC resume request消息中用于指示恢复原因的字段来承载第一指示,如使用spare的cause值来指示。为了指示更多种原因,也可扩展RRC resume request消息中用于指示恢复原因的字段占用的比特数。
第二种指示方式:第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,该第一指示用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因,该第二指示用于指示relay UE是否为了remote UE恢复连接。
与第一种指示方式的不同之处在于,relay UE通过第一指示和第二指示来指示该relay UE恢复连接的原因。这种指示方式,即通过第一指示和第二指示可实现对两级原因的指示。例如第一指示可用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因为业务原因,第二指示可用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因是因为自己还是因为remote UE。例如,第一指示指示relay UE恢复连接的原因可以是兼容现有relay UE请求建立连接的建立原因或请求恢复连接的恢复原因。第二指示可指示relay UE恢复连接的原因是因为自己还是因为remote UE。网络设备接收来自relay UE的第一消息后,可根据第二指示确定relay UE恢复连接的原因是否是为了remote UE,进而根据第二指示确定让relay UE处于何种状态。例如第二指示指示relay UE恢复连接的原因是为了remote UE,那么网络设备可让relay UE保持在RRC连接态。 同时,网络设备可根据第一指示为remote UE需要进行的业务来为relay UE配置相关信息,以使得relay UE为remote UE提供中继服务。
例如,第一消息是RRC resume request,第一指示可包括在RRC resume request新增加的一个字段,第二指示可包括在RRC resume request新增加的另一个字段;或者,第一指示和第二指示可包括在RRC resume request新增加的一个字段。又例如,第一消息是RRC resume request,该第一指示可包括在RRC resume request中已有的字段,第二指示可包括在RRC resume request新增加的一个字段。例如,RRC resume request用于指示恢复原因的字段来承载第一指示。为了指示更多种原因,可扩展RRC resume request中用于指示恢复原因的字段占用的比特数。又例如,该第一指示和第二指示可包括在RRC resume request中已有的字段,例如在RRC resume request中已有的字段增加一个指示位,该指示位可承载第二指示。
第三种指示方式:第一消息通过第一公共控制信道发送,用于指示relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接。
与前述两种指示方式不同,该种指示方式可通过发送第一消息的第一CCCH来指示relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接。第一CCCH指的是特定的逻辑信道,与现有技术中发送RRC恢复请求消息的逻辑信道不同(当前发送RRC resume request消息使用SRB0传输)。第一CCCH可以是网络设备和relay UE约定的或者事先定义的,例如第一CCCH对应的逻辑信道标识为5。也就是,relay UE通过另一个CCCH来发送Msg3,其中,Msg3包括RRC resume request消息。网络设备根据发送第一消息的CCCH就能确定relay UE恢复连接的原因。即可替代通过resume恢复请求消息中增加信元来指示relay UE恢复连接的原因,避免由于Msg3的大小受限而无法指示relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接。
根据relay UE恢复连接的原因的不同,RRC resume request消息携带的内容也有所不同,下面举例介绍。
示例一、如果relay UE帮助remote UE做RNAU,RRC resume request消息还包括remote UE的resume ID及cause,网络设备通过发送RRC resume request消息的是第一CCCH,以及RRC resume request消息包括的resume ID和reusme cause,可确定relay UE恢复连接的原因是为了remote UE,并且可以直接通过第一CCCH获取remote UE的resume message。
示例二、如果relay UE也需要做RNAU,RRC resume request消息还包括relay UE的resume ID以及原因(cause),网络设备通过发送RRC resume request消息的是第一CCCH,以及RRC resume request消息包括的resume ID和cause,可确定relay UE恢复连接的原因为后续还需要给remote UE发送resume request。
示例三、在示例二的基础上,发送的RRCresumerequest消息或者承载RRCresumerequest消息的Msg3还可以包括辅助信息,该辅助信息可用于指示relay UE后续还需要为哪个或哪些remote UE提供中继服务,也就是指示哪个或哪些remote UE还需要更新RNA。
例如,辅助信息作为一种指示信息,可用于指示relay UE后续还需要为remote UE更新RNA。由于辅助信息本身作为一种指示,占用较少比特即可指示,可节省第一消息的开销。
又例如,辅助信息包括一个或多个remote UE的resume ID和第一指示,即隐式地指示relay UE后续还需要为所述一个或多个remote UE提供中继服务,且relay UE恢复连接 的原因是第一指示所指示的原因。这样可以根据resume ID直接将第二设备的恢复请求消息发送给网络设备,更快地为第二设备做RNA更新。
当然,辅助信息本身可作为一种指示信息,用于显性地指示relay UE后续还需要为remote UE更新RNA。同时,该辅助信息可包括一个或多个remote UE的resume ID和第一指示。例如,辅助信息除了包括第二设备的恢复ID和第一指示,还可以包括第四指示,该第四指示可占用1比特,用于指示后续是否还需要为另一个第二设备发送RNA更新的请求;或者,该第四指示可占用多个比特,用于指示后续需要进行RNAU的第二设备的数量。
第四种指示方式:第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。
与前述第三种指示方式不同之处在于,该指示方式除了通过发送第一消息的CCCH来指示relay UE为了remote UE恢复连接,还通过第一指示来指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。以第一消息是Msg3承载的RRCresumerequest消息为例,即relay UE通过第一CCCH发送RRCresumerequest消息,该RRCresumerequest消息包括第一指示,即resume cause。网络设备根据发送RRCresumerequest消息的第一CCCH,以及Msg3中的第一指示可确定relay UE恢复连接的原因。
第五种指示方式:通过发送第一消息的资源来指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。
例如,网络设备可配置专门用于relay UE因为中继接入所需要的preamble。如果relay UE向网络设备发送的preamble是专用的preamble,即该preamble用于指示relay UE为了remote UE进行随机接入。网络设备接收到专用的preamble,可以配置相应的资源,并向relay UE发送随机接入响应消息。该随机接入响应消息包括网络设备为relay UE专门配置的用于随机接入的资源,也就是用于发送第一消息的资源。relay UE接收到随机接入响应消息,在该随机接入响应消息包含的资源发送第一消息。网络设备通过用于发送第一消息的资源可确定relay UE恢复连接的原因。
第六种指示方式:通过发送第一消息的资源以及第一消息包括的第一指示来指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。
与前述第五种指示方式的不同之处在于,该指示方式中,relay UE通过发送第一消息的资源,结合第一消息包括的第一指示来指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。网络设备通过发送第一消息的资源结合第一指示可确定relay UE是为了remote UE恢复连接,且是因为remote UE的哪个业务来恢复连接。
当relay UE确定remote UE需要发送信令或数据时,relay UE向网络设备发送第一消息。第一消息携带的第一指示可以是relay UE的非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)确定的,也可以是relay UE的RRC层确定的。例如,relay UE确定remote UE需要发送信令或数据时,relay UE的PC5层可通知relay UE的NAS层,relay UE的NAS层可确定第一指示,并将该第一指示发送给relay UE的RRC层。或者,relay UE确定remote UE需要发送信令或数据时,relay UE的RRC层确定第一指示。
如果relay UE通过发送第一消息的第一CCCH来指示relay UE恢复连接的原因,当relay UE确定remote UE需要发送信令或数据时,relay UE的RRC层确定发送第一消息的第一CCCH。
S403d、网络设备向relay UE发送RRC resume的命令,相应的,relay UE接收来自网 络设备的RRC resume的命令。
网络设备收到第一消息,可根据第一消息判断relay UE恢复连接的原因,进而根据该原因使得relay UE进入相应的RRC状态。例如,如果relay UE恢复连接的原因是为了remote UE,或者relay UE恢复连接的原因是希望保持在RRC连接态,网络设备可向relay UE发送RRC resume的命令。
S403e、relay UE向网络设备发送RRC恢复完成(RRC resume complete)消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的RRC resume complete消息。
网络设备根据第一消息确定让relay UE保持在RRC连接态,即relay UE向网络设备发送RRC resume request消息之后,网络设备可不向relay UE发送RRC release消息。relay UE保持在RRC连接态,这样remote UE发起RNAU,relay UE无需重新进入RRC连接态,从而节省了信令的开销。
S404、relay UE向remote UE转发SI,相应的,remote UE接收来自relay UE的SI。具体同前述S204。
S405、remote UE通过SL上的SRB向relay UE发送第二消息,如RRC resume request消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自remote UE的resume request消息。该resume request消息用于remote UE执行RNAU。具体同前述S205。
S406a、relay UE向网络设备发送SUI消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的SUI消息。该SUI消息用于请求建立relay。
relay UE在随机接入成功后保持在RRC连接态。remote UE发起RNAU时,relay UE可向网络设备配置relay,以为remote UE提供中继服务。例如,relay UE可向网络设备配置使得remote UE可通过relay UE进行RNAU的相关信息。具体的实现可参考前述S207a的相关内容。由于网络设备可能通过第一消息获知relay UE进入连接态的原因为提供中继服务,网络设备可以向relay UE发送中继配置。因此,S406a为可选步骤。
S406b、网络设备向relay UE发送RRC reconfiguartion消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自网络设备的RRC reconfiguartion消息。
网络设备可以向relay UE发送RRC reconfiguartion消息,RRC reconfiguartion消息可配置relay UE为remote UE提供中继服务。RRC reconfiguartion消息例如包括relay UE与网络设备之间的空口链路的配置信息,还可以包括relay UE与remote UE之间的侧行链路的配置信息。具体的实现可参考前述S207b的相关内容。
S406c、relay UE向网络设备发送RRC reconfiguartion complete消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的RRC reconfiguartion complete消息。具体的实现可参考前述S207c的相关内容。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对S403a-S403e对S404和S405的执行顺序不作限制,以及S406a-S406c对S404和S405的执行顺序不作限制,以及S404和S405的顺序不做限制。也就是,S403a-S403e可在S404和S405之前执行,或者,S403a-S403e可在S404和S405之后执行。S406a-S406c可在S404和S405之前执行,或者,S406a-S406c可在S404和S405之后执行。S405可在S404之前执行,或者,S405在S404之后执行。
S407、remote UE通过relay UE进行RNAU。
remote UE通过relay UE向网络设备发送RRC resume request消息,用于remote UE执行RNAU,即relay UE将S405中收到的RRC resume request转发给网络设备。该RRC resume  request消息携带resume ID和cause,可指示上一个服务remote UE的网络设备(为了便于描述,称为上一个网络设备)。网络设备可以从上一个网络设备获取remote UE的上下文。网络设备根据RRC resume request消息携带的cause,可确定是否将remote UE放回RRC非激活态。例如,该cause指示remote UE做RNAU,网络设备可通过RRC release消息将remote UE放回RRC非激活态时。RRC release消息可携带有暂停(suspend)的指示(indication)。例如RRC release消息包括remote UE的标识(ID),例如为remote UE的5G-S-TMSI、恢复(resume)ID或非激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive RNTI,I-RNTI)或截短非激活态无线网络临时标识(short inactive RNTI,short-I-RNTI)等。其中,resume ID包括I-RNTI的部分比特。
进一步地,网络设备还可以告知remote UE监听paging的一些相关信息。例如,RRC release消息还可以包括RAN paging cycle,RNA的相关配置信息,例如RANAC或cell ID的相关信息。remote UE可根据网络设备告知的这些信息来监听RAN paging。
S408、remote UE向reley UE发送第四消息,相应的,reley UE接收来自remote UE的第四消息。该第四消息携带第一寻呼参数。
remote UE更新RNA之后,用于标识remote UE的I-RNTI或者5G-S-TMSI,或者RAN paging周期可能发生变化,导致relay UE没有用于帮助remote UE作paging的相关信息,无法帮助remote UE进行paging监听。例如没有更新后的I-RNTI导致relay UE无法识别RAN paging是否paging了remote UE,没有更新后的5G-S-TMSI导致relay UE无法正确计算出RAN paging的寻呼机会(paging occasion,PO),RAN paging的周期发生变化后,也将导致计算的PO不正确。因此,在本申请实施例中,remote UE可更新remote UE的I-RNTI或5G-S-TMSI,还可以更新监听paging的一些参数,例如RAN paging cycle。之后,remote UE可向reley UE发送第四消息,该第四消息可携带第一寻呼参数,用于reley UE备为remote UE监听来自网络设备的寻呼。例如,第一寻呼参数可包括remote UE的ID和RAN paging cycle。
如果remote UE需要reley UE帮助监听来自核心网设备的寻呼,第四消息还可以携带第二寻呼参数,该第二寻呼参数可用于reley UE为remote UE监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。
第四消息还可以指示第二设备完成RNAU,使得第一设备可以及时申请释放与网络设备的连接,帮助第一设备节约能耗。
remote UE更新RNA之后,remote UE和relay UE更新后的RNA可能不在一个区域。这种情况下,relay UE并不知道remote UE更新后的RNA,也就不确定remote UE后续是否需要做RANU。为此,第四消息还可以携带remote UE更新后的RNA。relay UE可以根据remote UE更新后的RNA,确定remote UE后续是否需要做RANU。也就是,relay UE可以根据remote UE更新后的RNA,提前判断remote UE的有效RNA,以确定remote UE后续需要做RANU。如果relay UE确定remote UE后续需要做RANU,那么relay UE可提前进入RRC连接态,以免remote UE需要做RANU时,relay UE还处于RRC非激活态或空闲态,需要重新进入RRC连接态,从而节约remote UE做RNAU的时延。
S409、relay UE确定remote UE已完成RNAU,向网络设备发送RRC release request消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的RRC release request消息。
relay UE可以根据第四消息确定remote UE已完成RNAU,可向网络设备发送辅助信息,以请求relay UE和/或remote UE回到RRC inactive状态或者idle状态,以尽量节约relay  UE和/或remote UE的功耗。
通过图4的过程,即relay UE向网络设备发送的RRC resume request消息中携带的恢复原因可以为relay UE恢复连接的真正原因,对于网络设备来说,从RRC resume request消息中携带的恢复原因可确定relay UE恢复连接的真正原因,从而将relay UE放到适合的状态。例如,该原因为relay UE是为了remote UE恢复连接,网络设备可让relay UE保持在RRC连接态,这样remote UE需要relay UE提供中继服务时,可减少relay UE执行随机接入过程的次数,从而节省信令的开销。
且,remote UE更新RNA之后,可将更新RNA之后的寻呼参数告知relay UE,从而避免relay UE漏听remote UE的paging。remote UE更新RNA之后,还可以将更新后的RNA告知relay UE,这样relay UE可提前判断remote UE后续是否会更新RNA,从而可提前进入RRC连接态,降低remote UE后续更新RNA的时延。
在图4的实施例中,以relay UE为了帮助remote UE做RNAU,relay UE保持在RRC连接态为例。接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法,该方法中,relay UE无需进入RRC连接态,也能够帮助remote UE做RNAU。请参考图5,为该方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可应用在图1所示的网络架构为例。
S501、remote UE与relay UE保持PC5连接,用于使能relay UE帮助remote UE监听remote UE的寻呼。
S501的具体实现与S401的具体实现相同,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S401的相关内容。
S502、relay UE确定需要RNAU。
S502的具体实现与S402的具体实现相同,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S402的相关内容。
S503a、relay UE向网络设备发送随机接入前导码(preamble),相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的preamble。网络设备是relay UE驻留的网络设备。
在本申请实施例中,preamble为专用的preamble,网络设备根据relay UE发送的preamble可确定relay UE是为了remote UE进行随机接入。之后,网络设备为relay UE配置用于发送第一消息(Msg3)的资源。
S503b、网络设备向relay UE发送随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自网络设备的RAR消息。
网络设备根据relay UE发送的专用preamble为relay UE配置用于发送第一消息(Msg3)的资源,并生成随机接入响应消息,发送给relay UE。该随机接入响应消息中携带用于发送Msg3的资源。
S503c、relay UE向网络设备发送第一消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的第一消息,该第一消息用于恢复relay UE与网络设备的连接,该第一消息还指示relay UE恢复连接的原因。
S503c的具体实现与S403c的具体实现相同,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S403c的相关内容。
需要说明的是,如果S503a中relay UE向网络设备发送的preamble为专用的preamble,第一消息中relay UE恢复连接的原因(即第一指示)可复用目前relay UE或remote UE建 立或恢复连接的原因,也可以采用新增加的原因,例如relay UE期望保持在RRC连接态,或者relay UE作RNAU,且relay UE期望保持在RRC连接态。
如果S503a中relay UE向网络设备发送的preamble不是专用的preamble,而第一消息是通过特定的CCCH发送的,那么第一消息中relay UE恢复连接的原因(即第一指示)可复用目前relay UE或remote UE建立或恢复连接的原因,也可以采用新增加的原因,例如relay UE期望保持在RRC连接态,或者relay UE作RNAU,且relay UE期望保持在RRC连接态。
S504、relay UE向remote UE转发SI,相应的,remote UE接收来自relay UE的SI。
S504的具体实现与S404的具体实现相同,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S404的相关内容。
S505、remote UE通过SL上的SRB向relay UE发送RRC resume request消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自remote UE的resume request消息。该resume request消息用于remote UE执行RNAU。
S505的具体实现与S405的具体实现相同,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S405的相关内容。
S506a、网络设备向relay UE发送调度信息,相应的,relay UE接收来自网络设备的调度信息,该调度信息用于指示调度relay UE的上行授权(UL grant)资源。
网络设备可根据relay UE发送的专用preamble或者根据第一消息指示的relay UE恢复连接的原因确定需要继续调度relay UE的UL grant资源,之后网络设备可生成配置信息,并将该配置信息发送给relay UE。relay UE接收到该配置信息,可在该配置信息指示的UL grant资源上传输remote UE的一些相关信息,例如remote UE的辅助信息。
S506b、relay UE在调度的UL grant上向网络设备发送remote UE的相关恢复信息,相应的,网络设备接收来自该remote UE的相关恢复信息。
remote UE的相关恢复信息包括remote UE的辅助信息。该辅助信息可用于指示后续有哪个或哪些remote UE需要恢复连接,或者用于指示relay UE后续还需要为哪个或哪些remote UE提供中继服务,例如指示哪个或哪些remote UE还需要更新RNA。
例如,辅助信息作为一种指示信息,可用于指示relay UE后续还需要为remote UE更新RNA。又例如,辅助信息包括一个或多个remote UE的resume ID和cause,即隐式地指示后续还有一个或多个remote UE需要进行恢复连接,且relay UE恢复连接的原因是该辅助信息中的cause所指示的原因。又例如,辅助信息包括某个remote UE的resume ID和cause,即指示该remote UE需要进行恢复连接。辅助信息还指示后续还有一个或多个remote UE需要进行恢复连接,以告知网络设备继续调度relay UE的UL grant资源。
网络设备根据该辅助信息可帮助remote UE做RNAU。这样方式下,不需要relay UE进入RRC连接态,也能够实现remote UE对RNA进行更新,从而可进一步节约relay UE的功耗。
S506c、网络设备确定remote UE已完成RNAU,向relay UE发送RRC release消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自网络设备的RRC release消息。
网络设备确定remote UE已完成RNAU,可向relay UE发送RRC release消息。该RRC release消息可携带relay UE的释放配置信息以及relay UE的ID信息,以将relay UE放回到RRC非激活态,节省relay UE的能耗。同理,该RRC release消息还可携带remote UE 的释放配置信息以及remote UE的标识信息,以将remote UE放回到RRC非激活态,节省remote UE的能耗。
作为一种示例,网络设备可通过relay UE的SRB1向relay UE发送RRC release消息,该RRC release消息包括relay UE的释放配置信息以及relay UE的ID信息,以及remote UE的RRC release消息。例如,relay UE的RRC release消息包括一个容器(container),该container包括remote UE的RRC release消息。这样方式下,relay UE可能无法解密remote UE的RRC release消息,即relay UE可能无法获取remote UE的RRC release消息中的release相关配置,例如remote UE的ID、remote UE的RAN paging cycle以及remote UE的RAN的配置等的一种或多种。
作为另一种示例,网络设备向relay UE发送的RRC release消息包括remote UE的释放配置信息以及remote UE的ID信息,例如remote UE的ID、remote UE的RAN paging cycle以及remote UE的RAN的配置的一种或多种。
S507、relay UE向remote UE发送RRC release消息,相应的,remote UE接收来自relay UE的RRC release消息,该RRC release消息包括remote UE的释放配置信息以及remote UE的ID信息。
relay UE接收到来自网络设备的RRC release消息,若确定该RRC release消息包括remote UE的RRC release消息,relay UE向remote UE发送RRC release消息。relay UE向remote UE发送的RRC release消息中包括remote UE的释放配置信息以及remote UE的ID信息,以将remote UE放回到RRC非激活态或空闲态,节约remote UE的能耗。
S508、remote UE向reley UE发送第四消息,相应的,reley UE接收来自remote UE的第四消息。该第四消息携带第一寻呼参数。
S508的具体实现方式同S408的具体实现方式,具体参见图4实施例中的S408的相关内容。
通过图5的过程,即网络设备接收到来自relay UE的第一消息,确定remote UE需要通过relay UE做RNAU,则在接收到第一消息后不向relay发送RRC release消息,而是确定继续调度relay UE的UL grant资源,用于relay UE传输remote UE的辅助信息。网络设备根据该辅助信息可帮助remote UE做RNAU。这样方式下,不需要relay UE进入RRC连接态,也能够实现remote UE对RNA进行更新,从而可进一步节约relay UE的功耗。
同图4的过程,图5的过程中,remote UE更新RNA之后,可将更新RNA之后的寻呼参数告知relay UE,从而避免relay UE漏听remote UE的paging。remote UE更新RNA之后,还可以将更新后的RNA告知relay UE,这样relay UE可提前判断remote UE后续是否会更新RNA,从而可提前进入RRC连接态,降低remote UE后续更新RNA的时延。
在图4和图5的实施例中,以relay UE帮助remote UE做RNAU为例。应理解,如果relay UE和remote UE位于同一个RNA,那么该relay UE可帮助该remote UE监听paging。接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法,该方法旨在针对处于RRC非激活态的remote UE寻找relay UE帮助监听remote UE的paging中。请参考图6,为该方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可应用在图1所示的网络架构为例。
S601、relay UE广播第五消息,相应的,remote UE接收该第五消息,该第五消息用于指示relay UE的RNA。
第五消息旨在帮助remote UE从多个relay UE查找到能够帮助remote UE监听paging的relay UE,所以第五消息可为发现声明(discovery announcement)消息,即用于发现多个relay UE,以查找到能够帮助remote UE监听paging的relay UE。该发现消息可携带用于指示relay UE的RNA的信息,例如relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。当然,该发现消息还包括relay UE的ID信息,例如为PLMN ID。remote UE可周期性地监听发现消息,remote UE监听到的发现消息后,获取该发现消息中relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode,并将该RAN-Areacode与remote UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode或remote UE的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode进行比较,以确定relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode是否属于remote UE的RNA。如果remote UE确定某个relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode属于remote UE的RNA,即该relay UE和remote UE位于同一个RNA,remote UE可请求该relay UE帮助监听来自网络设备的paging,也可以请求该relay UE帮助监听来自核心网设备的paging。当remote UE发现多个relay UE,优先选择与其处于相同RNA的relay UE。
作为S601的可替换的方案,例如下文中的S602和S603,第五消息也可以为S603的发现响应(discovery response)消息。即S601和S602-S603是两种可选的方案,只需要执行其中的一种方案即可。
S602、remote UE广播第二消息,相应的,relay UE接收第二消息,第二消息可以为remote UE广播的发现请求(discovery solicitation)消息,该发现请求消息用于指示remote UE的RNA,relay UE可以根据该消息判断remote UE是否与relay UE处于相同的RNA。
S603、relay UE广播第五消息,相应的,remote UE接收该第五消息,第五消息可以为relay UE根据接收的发现请求消息向remote UE发送发现响应消息,相应的,remote UE接收该发现响应消息,该发现响应消息用于指示relay UE的RNA,remote UE可以根据该消息判断remote UE是否与relay UE处于相同的RNA。
与S601的不同之处在于,remote UE可请求发现自己位于同一个RNA的relay UE。该发现请求消息可携带用于指示remote UE的RNA的信息,例如remote UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。当然,该发现消息还包括remote UE的ID信息,例如为PLMN ID。
任意relay UE可周期性地监听发现消息,relay UE监听到的发现消息后,获取该发现请求消息中remote UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode,并将该RAN-Areacode与relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode或relay UE的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode进行比较,以确定该relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode是否属于remote UE的RNA。
如果某个relay UE确定其当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode属于remote UE的RNA,即该relay UE和remote UE位于同一个RNA,该relay UE可告知remote UE,该remote UE的RNA与remote UE的RNA位于同一个区域。例如,该relay UE可向remote UE发送发现消息,该发现消息可携带该relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode以及该relay UE的ID。remote UE接收到发现消息,可请求发现消息中指示的relay UE帮助监听来自网络设备的paging,也可以请求帮助监听来自核心网设备的paging。
S601和S603中的发现消息携带relay UE当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode,使得remote UE可查找到与自己位于同一个RNA的relay UE,即remote UE不会选择与自己不在同一个RNA的relay UE帮助做监听paging,增强了remote UE请求relay UE帮助监听paging的可靠性。
如果remote UE发现没有与自己处于同一个RNA的relay UE,那么remote UE可告知relay UE,remote UE需要做RNAU,或者,remote UE自己在新连接的relay UE下做RNAU,以保证更新RNA后的remote UE可请求relay UE帮助监听paging。下面分别介绍remote UE告知relay UE,remote UE需要做RNAU的过程(在本文中称为过程1),以及remote UE自己在新连接的relay UE下做RNAU的过程(在本文中称为过程2)。
过程1的具体的流程如下:
S604a、remote UE与relay UE PC5建立连接,用于使能relay UE帮助remote UE监听remote UE的寻呼。
S604a的实现可参考图4实施例中S401的相关内容,这里不再赘述。
S605a、relay UE确定需要RNAU。
S605a的实现可参考图4实施例中S402的相关内容,这里不再赘述。
S605、relay UE向remote UE发送SI或RANAC。
remote UE与relay UE PC5建立连接的过程可触发relay UE向remote UE发送SI或RANAC。S605更多的内容可参考前述图4实施例中的S404的相关内容。
S606a、relay UE向网络设备发送SUI消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的SUI消息。该SUI消息用于请求建立relay。
S606a的具体实现可参考前述图4实施例中的S406a的相关内容。
S606b、网络设备向relay UE发送RRC reconfiguartion消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自网络设备的RRC reconfiguartion消息。
S606b的具体实现可参考前述图4实施例中的S406b的相关内容。
S606c、relay UE向网络设备发送RRC reconfiguartion complete消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的RRC reconfiguartion complete消息。
S606c的具体实现可参考前述图4实施例中的S406c的相关内容。
S607、remote UE通过relay UE进行RNAU。
S607的具体实现可参考前述图4实施例中的S407的相关内容。
S608、remote UE向reley UE发送第四消息,相应的,reley UE接收来自remote UE的第四消息。该第四消息携带第一寻呼参数。
S608的具体实现可参考前述图4实施例中的S408的相关内容。
S609、reley UE向网络设备发送辅助信息,相应的,网络设备接收该辅助信息,用于请求释放reley UE和/或remote UE的连接。从而节约reley UE和/或remote UE的能耗。
作为过程1的可替换的方案,可执行如下流程:
S604c、remote UE与relay UE PC5建立连接,用于指示relay UE仅帮助remote UE监听remote UE的寻呼,且通知relay UE,remote UE需要做RNAU。
该过程中,relay UE知道remote UE需要通过relay UE做RNAU,relay UE可不进入RRC连接态帮助remote UE做RNAU。后续本申请实施例可执行relay UE不进入RRC连接态帮助remote UE做RNAU的流程,即为图5实施例中的S505-S508,这里不再赘述。
过程2的具体的流程如下:
S604b、remote UE与relay UE PC5建立连接,用于指示relay UE不仅帮助remote UE监听remote UE的寻呼,还用于指示remote UE做RNAU。
这种情况下,relay UE不需要remote UE的RNA是否与relay UE的RNA相同,直接 确定remote UE做RNAU,从而relay UE确定进入RRC连接态。
S610、remote UE向relay UE发送RRC恢复请求消息,以请求恢复与网络设备的连接。
需要说明的是,该RRC恢复请求消息可以不是第二消息。
后续本申请实施例可执行relay UE进入RRC连接态帮助remote UE做RNAU的流程,即为图4实施例中的S403a-S409,例如可执行但是可不执行图4实施例中的S405,这里不再赘述。或者,后续本申请实施例可执行relay UE不进入RRC连接态帮助remote UE做RNAU的流程,即为图5实施例中的S503a-S509,这里不再赘述。
通过图6所示的过程,remote UE可基于发现消息中的RAN-Areacode来辅助remote UE选择合适的relay UE提供中继服务,避免remote UE选择不需要做RNAU的relay UE做relay,从而节约remote UE和relay UE的功耗。并且relay UE也可以通过发现请求消息确定remote UE后续是否会做RANU,以便根据确定结果执行后续流程。
在前面的实施例中介绍了,relay UE可由remote UE更新RNA触发向网络设备发送RRC恢复请求消息,或者,relay UE为了辅助remote UE更新RNA向网络设备发送RRC恢复请求消息时,RRC恢复请求消息中携带原因的方案,以及后续更新remote UE的RNA的方案。RRC恢复请求消息中携带的原因可以是remote UE通过relay UE进行业务的原因。例如,现有标准中支持的L3relay方案,即remote UE可以通过relay UE进行数据发送。在网络设备看来,仅relay UE与网络设备连接。当remote UE向relay UE发起连接建立请求时,relay UE可以进入RRC连接态,由于此时relay UE进入RRC连接态是由于remote UE的数据,对于进入RRC连接态的原因可以为MO data。另一种情况是,网络设备paging relay UE,但是由于remote UE的数据到达,此时relay UE进入RRC连接态的原因为MT-access。网络设备可根据relay UE进入RRC连接态的原因做相应的接入控制。
但是对于L2 relay来说,由于remote UE单独注册在网络中,此时,remote UE触发relay UE进入RRC连接态,relay UE需要填写接入网络的原因。例如,relay UE帮助remote UE做接入控制,按照remote UE的接入原因,填写relay UE的接入原因。对于网络设备来说,网络设备无法区分relay UE的接入原因是因为relay UE还是因为remote UE,所以可能做出错误的处理。
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了第四种通信方法,该方法给出了relay在因为remote UE而进行接入的接入控制时,如何填写relay UE的接入原因。relay UE根据remote UE的业务可以合理填写建立连接恢复连接的原因,以及进行统一接入控制。这样可辅助网络设备合理配置relay UE,可避免网络设备由于无法区分relay UE的接入原因是因为relay UE还是因为remote UE,可能做出错误的处理。
本申请实施例提供的方法也适用于图1所示的网络架构。接下来,以本申请实施例应用在图1所示的网络架构为例介绍本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法,请参考图7,为该方法的流程图。
S701、remote UE向relay UE发送第三消息,相应的,relay UE接收来自remote UE的第三消息,该第三消息用于指示与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接。
当remote UE有需要进行的业务,可请求与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接,或者,请求relay UE与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接,以通过该relay UE为remote UE提供中继服 务。例如,remote UE可向relay UE发送第三消息,用于请求与网络设备建立连接或恢复连接。其中,第三消息可以为RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)消息,那么第三消息用于请求remote UE与网络设备建立连接。第三消息也可以为RRC恢复请求(RRC resume request)消息,那么第三消息用于请求remote UE与网络设备恢复连接。relay UE接收第三消息后,可触发relay UE发起与网络设备的连接建立或恢复过程。例如,relay UE接收到remote UE的RRC连接建立请求消息后,由连接建立请求消息中的establishment cause或者接收到remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息,触发relay UE发起与网络设备的连接建立过程。其中,remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息,例如为remote UE需要发起的业务为TAU,或者需要发起的业务为MO-data。又例如,relay UE接收到remote UE的RRC连接恢复请求消息后,由连接恢复请求消息中的resume cause或者接收到remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息,触发relay UE发起与网络设备的恢复连接过程。其中,remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息,例如为remote UE需要发起的业务为RNAU,或者在非激活态下需要发起的业务为MO-data。需要说明的是,前述remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息仅是举例,本申请实施例对remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息不作限制,例如包括remote UE需要发起的业务为ro-signalling、ro-VoiceCall、ro-VideoCall、ro-SMS或rt-Access,等等。
S702、relay UE进行统一接入控制。
针对L2 relay,remote UE可以对自己的业务进行统一接入控制。如果remote UE对自己的业务进行统一接入控制,relay UE无需额外帮助remote UE对remote UE的业务进行接入控制。relay UE可根据remote UE的业务不进行统一接入控制,即不执行S702或者重新设定remote UE的接入访问类别(access category,AC),以使得网络设备允许relay UE接入。
作为一种示例,如果relay UE请求的RRC连接的恢复或建立,是因为remote UE的业务触发,那么认为该接入是被允许的。相应的,relay UE可以根据是remote UE的业务,不进行统一接入控制,直接接入网络。
作为另一种示例,如果relay UE的RRC连接的恢复或建立,是因为remote UE的业务触发,那么可设定access category为0。相应的,relay UE可以根据是remote UE的业务,将remote UE的接入access category设定为0。
作为另一种示例,如果relay UE的RRC连接的恢复或建立,是因为remote UE的业务触发,那么可分配一个新的access category。相应的,relay UE可以根据是remote UE的业务,分配一个新的access category,用于relay UE自己做统一接入控制。
access category的设定值可以由relay UE的RRC层确定,例如,access category的设定值由relay UE的PC5 RRC触发后,由relay UE的RRC层指定。或者,access category的设定值也可以由relay UE的NAS层确定,例如access category的设定值可以由relay UE的PC5 RRC触发后,由relay UE的NAS层向relay UE的RRC层指定。
S703、relay UE向网络设备发送第一消息,相应的,网络设备接收来自relay UE的第一消息,该第一消息用于建立或恢复relay UE与网络设备的连接,该第一消息还用于指示relay UE建立连接或恢复连接的原因。
relay UE接收第三消息之后,确定remote UE可以接入,向网络设备发送第一消息,以请求与网络设备的连接。第一消息可以是RRC resume request消息,该RRC resume request消息也可以是随机接入过程中的Msg3。下文的介绍中,以第一消息是随机接入过程中的Msg3为例。可以认为,relay UE向网络设备发送Msg3是由remote UE触发的。
之后,relay UE向网络设备发送Msg3,该Msg3携带的建立连接的原因或者恢复连接的原因可根据remote UE发起业务的原因确定。例如Msg3携带的建立连接的原因可根据remote UE发送的连接建立请求消息中的establishment cause或者remote UE发送的PC5 RRC或PC5-S消息中包括需要发起业务的信息确定。
作为一种示例,relay UE根据remote UE发送的RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息中的cause,在向网络设备发送的RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息中引入对应relay UE的新cause。
作为另一种示例,relay UE复用RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息中的cause,但是在某些情况下,引入针对relay UE的新cause。例如,relay UE向网络设备发送的RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息是因为remote UE需要通过relay UE做RNAU,那么可引入新的cause。
根据relay UE和remote UE当前所处的状态,例如RRC连接态、RRC非激活态或空闲态,relay UE在RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息中填写的cause也可能不同。下面结合表1就上述的两种示例列举relay UE向网络设备发送的RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息中可能携带的cause。
请参见表1,示出了relay UE向网络设备发送的RRC恢复请求消息或RRC建立请求消息中可能携带的cause。Relay UE处于inactive时,需要发送RRC恢复请求消息。Relay UE处于idle时,需要发送RRC连接建立消息。表1中cause是relay UE的establishment cause或resume cause,其中,“加粗”示意的cause是relay UE已有的establishment cause或resume cause。且表1中的relay UE处于idle态。
表1
Figure PCTCN2021137851-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021137851-appb-000002
表1给出了针对L2 relay,relay在因为remote UE而进行接入的接入控制时,填写relay UE的接入原因的方案。relay UE可根据remote UE的业务合理填写建立连接恢复连接的原因,以及进行统一接入控制,从而辅助网络设备合理配置relay UE,避免网络设备由于无法区分relay UE的接入原因是因为relay UE还是因为remote UE,可能做出错误的处理。
上述本申请提供的实施例中,从终端、网络设备和定位管理设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,终端、网络设备和定位管理设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。
如图8所示,为本申请所涉及的通信装置的一种可能的示例性框图,该通信装置800可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中由relay UE(第一设备)或网络设备或remote UE(第二设备)实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括收发模块801和处理模块802。可选的,还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。收 发模块801和处理模块802可以与该存储模块耦合,例如,处理模块802可以读取存储模块中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个模块可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。
应理解,处理模块802可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP),专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。收发模块801是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该收发模块801是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路,或者,是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。
该通信装置800可以为上述实施例中的relay UE、网络设备或remote UE,还可以为用于relay UE、网络设备或remote UE的芯片。例如,当通信装置800为relay UE或网络设备或remote UE时,该处理模块802例如可以是处理器,该收发模块801可以是收发器。可选的,该收发器可以包括射频电路,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。例如,当通信装置800为用于relay UE或网络设备或remote UE的芯片时,该处理模块802可以是处理器,该收发模块801例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理模块802可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该relay UE或网络设备或remote UE内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中relay UE的行为和功能。例如通信装置800可以为relay UE,也可以为应用于relay UE中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块801可以用于支持relay UE与其他网络实体的通信,例如支持relay UE与图4-图7实施例中任一实施例所示的网络设备和/或remote UE等之间的通信。处理模块802用于对relay UE的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块802用于支持relay UE执行图4-图7的任一实施例中relay UE除收发之外的全部操作。收发模块801用于执行由relay UE所执行的全部接收或发送操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,例如,收发模块801用于支持relay UE执行图4-图7的任一实施例中由relay UE所执行的全部接收或发送操作。
在一些实施例中,处理模块802用于生成第一消息,该第一消息用于恢复与网络设备的连接,该第一消息还指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因;收发模块801用于向网络设备发送所述第一消息,其中,该第一消息的发送由第二设备发送RNA更新触发,或者,通信装置800(第一消息)恢复的连接用于第二设备更新RNA。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示通信装置800是否为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息通过通信装置800接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,收发模块801向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过收发模块801接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,收发模块801向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备进行随机接入。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于接收来自第二设备的第二消息,其中,第二消息用于指示第二设备需要更新RNA;或者,
若通信装置800当前驻留的小区的接入网区域码RAN-Areacode不属于第二设备的RNA,处理模块802确定向网络设备发送第一消息。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第二消息包括第二设备的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode;或者,第二消息包括第二设备当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于广播第五消息,第五消息包括通信装置800驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于在第二设备完成RNA更新后,接收来自第二设备的第四消息,第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,第一寻呼参数用于通信装置800为第二设备监听来自网络设备的寻呼。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第四消息还携带第二寻呼参数,第二寻呼参数用于通信装置800为第二设备监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第四消息还携带第二设备更新后的RNA。
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述第一指示用于指示通信装置800期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800做RNAU  rna-Update且通信装置800保持在RRC连接态。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示是处理模块802确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,收发模块801的NAS层发送给通信装置800的RRC层的;或者,
第一指示是处理模块802确定所述第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,通信装置800的RRC层确定的;或者,
发送第一消息的信道是收发模块801确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,通信装置800的RRC层确定的。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一消息还包括辅助信息,辅助信息用于指示通信装置800需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。
作为一种可选的实现方式,辅助信息包括第二设备的恢复ID和第一指示;或者,
辅助信息包括第二设备的恢复ID和第一指示,以及辅助信息还指示通信装置800后续还需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA;或者,
辅助信息用于指示通信装置800后续还需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于接收来自网络设备的RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息用于指示通信装置800以及第二设备进入RRC非激活态。
作为一种可选的实现方式,RRC释放消息包括第二设备的释放配置信息,以及第二设备的标识信息。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第二设备的标识信息包括如下信息中的一种或多种:第二设备的ID、I-RNTI、5G-S-TMSI。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于向第二设备发送RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息包括第二设备的释放配置信息。
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
在另一些实施例中,收发模块801用于接收第二设备发送的第三消息,该第三消息用于指示第二设备与网络设备建立或恢复连接;
收发模块801还用于向网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于建立或恢复与网络设备的连接,第一消息还用于指示通信装置800建立或恢复连接的原因。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示通信装置800是否为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息通过通信装置800接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示通信装置800恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,收发模块801向网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过收发模块801接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发 送第一消息前,收发模块801向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示通信装置800为了第二设备进行随机接入。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示用于指示通信装置800期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(ro-data);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(ro-VoiceCall)或视频(ro-VideoCall)或短消息(ro-SMS);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入(rt-Access);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起数据(mo-data);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为通信装置800做RNAU rna-Update且通信装置800保持在RRC连接态。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示是处理模块802确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,收发模块801的NAS层发送给通信装置800的RRC层的;或者,
第一指示是处理模块802确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,通信装置800的RRC层确定的;或者,
发送第一消息的信道是收发模块801确定第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,通信装置800的RRC层确定的。
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置800可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块801可以用于支持网络设备与其他网络实体的通信,例如支持网络设备与图4-图7实施例中任一实施例所示的relay UE和/或remote UE等之间的通信。处理模块802用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块802用于支持网络设备执行图4-图7的任一实施例中网络设备除收发之外的全部操作。收发模块801用于执行由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,例如,收发模块801用于支持网络设备执行图4-图7的任一实施例中由网络设备所执行的全 部接收或发送操作。
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于接收来自第一设备的第一消息,该第一消息用于第一设备建立或恢复与通信装置800的连接,该第一消息还用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;
处理模块802用于根据第一消息确定第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立或恢复连接,第二设备为通过第一设备连接通信装置800的终端设备。
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述通信装置800根据所述第一消息确定所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为所述第二设备进行无线接入网通知区域更新RNAU,所述通信装置800指示所述第一设备保持在RRC连接态或RRC非激活态;或者,
所述通信装置800根据所述第一消息确定所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为所述第一设备进行RNAU。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,第二指示用于指示第一设备是否为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备恢复连接,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因;或者,
第一消息通过第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,第一消息包括第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一设备恢复连接的原因,其中,发送第一消息前,收发模块801向通信装置800发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
第一消息通过第一CCCH发送,用于指示第一设备为了第二设备恢复连接;或者,
第一消息通过收发模块801接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送第一消息前,收发模块801向所述通信装置800发送的随机前导码用于指示第一设备为了第二设备进行随机接入。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示用于指示通信装置800期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起数据(ro-data);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起信令(ro-signalling);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备发起语音(ro-VoiceCall)或视频(ro-VideoCall)或短消息(ro-SMS);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备被寻呼接入(rt-Access);或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
所述第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为做中继业务(relay)。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示用于指示第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态,处理模块802确定第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一消息还包括辅助信息,该辅助信息用于指示第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于向第一设备发送RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息用于指示第一设备以及第二设备进入RRC非激活态。
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述RRC释放消息包括第二设备的释放配置信息,以及第二设备的标识信息。
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理模块802还用于为第一设备配置上行授权资源,所述上行授权资源用于第一设备发送第二设备的辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于指示第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA。
在另一些实施例中,收发模块801用于接收来自第一设备的第一消息,该第一消息用于建立或恢复与通信装置800的连接,该第一消息还用于指示第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;处理模块802根据第一消息确定第一设备因第二设备的业务建立或恢复连接,第二设备为通过第一设备连接通信装置800的终端设备。
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第一指示用于指示恢复连接的原因或建立连接的原因为第一设备做RNAU rna-Update且第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中remote UE的行为和功能。例如通信装置800可以为remote UE,也可以为应用于remote UE中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块801可以用于支持remote UE与其他网络实体的通信,例如支持remote UE与图4-图7实施例中任一实施例所示的relay UE和/或网络设备等之间的通信。处理模块802用于对remote UE的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块802用于支持remote UE执行图4-图7的任一实施例中remote UE除收发之外的全部操作。收发模块801用于执行由remote UE所执行的全部接收或发送操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,例如,收发模块801用于支持remote UE执行图4-图7的任一实施例中由remote UE所执行的全部接收或发送操作。
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于向第一设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于指示通信装置800需要更新无线接入通知区域RNA;
收发模块801还用于向第一设备发送第四消息,该第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,第一寻呼参数用于第一设备为通信装置800监听来自网络设备的寻呼。
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于接收来自至少一个第一设备的第五消息,该第五消息用于指示对应第一设备的RNA;
处理模块802根据各个第一设备的RNA从至少一个第一设备中选择某个第一设备。
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述第四消息还携带第二寻呼参数,第二寻呼参数用于监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。
在另一些实施例中,处理模块802用于生成第三消息,该第三消息用于指示通信装置800与网络设备建立或恢复连接,该第三消息还用于指示通信装置800建立或恢复连接的原因;收发模块801用于向第一设备发送所述第三消息。
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述第三消息包括第三指示,其中,
第三指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起数据(mo-data);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起信令(mo-signalling);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为通信装置800发起语音(mo-VoiceCall)或视频(mo-VideoCall)或短消息(mo-SMS);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为通信装置800被寻呼接入(mt-Access);或者,
第三指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为通信装置800做RNAU rna-Update。
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图9所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置900,其中,通信装置900可以是relay UE,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中relay UE的功能,或者,通信装置900可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能;或者,通信装置900可以是remote UE,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中remote UE的功能;或者,通信装置900也可以是能够支持relay UE或网络设备或remote UE实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置900可以为芯片***。本申请实施例中,芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
在硬件实现上,上述收发模块801可以为收发器,收发器集成在通信装置900中构成通信接口910。
通信装置900包括至少一个处理器920,处理器920可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路,用于实现或用于支持通信装置900实现本申请实施例提供的方法中relay UE或网络设备或remote UE的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。
通信装置900还可以包括至少一个存储器930,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器930和处理器920耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器920可能和存储器930协同操作。处理器920可能执行存储器930中存储的程序指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置900实现相应的方法。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器920中。
通信装置900还可以包括通信接口910,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络,如无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN),有线接入网等通信。该通信接口910用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置900中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置900为网络设备时,该其它设备为relay UE或remote UE;或者,当该通信装置为relay UE时,该其它设备为网络设备或remote UE;或者,当该通信装置为remote UE时,该其它设备为网络设备或relay UE。处理器920可以利用通信接口910收发数据。通信接口910具体可以是收发器。
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口910、处理器920以及存储器930之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图9中以存储器930、处理器920以及通信接口910之间通过总线940连接,总线在图9中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图9中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
在本申请实施例中,处理器920可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。
存储器930可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路940与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。
其中,存储器930用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器920来控制执行。处理器920用于执行存储器930中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的通信方法。
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端也可以是电路,也可以是应用于终端中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端时,收发模块可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理模块(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,收发模块可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片或芯片***时,收发模块可以是芯片或芯片***的输入输出电路和/或通信接口、处理模块可以是芯片或芯片***的处理器或者集成电路。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信***,具体的,通信***包括relay UE或网络设备或remote UE,或者还可以包括更多个网络设备、多个relay UE和更多个remote UE。示例性 的,通信***包括用于实现上述图4-图7任一实施例的相关功能的relay UE或网络设备或remote UE。
所述relay UE分别用于实现本申请实施例相关relay UE部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图4-图7所示实施例相关relay UE部分的功能。所述网络设备分别用于实现本申请实施例相关网络设备部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图4-图7所示实施例相关网络设备部分的功能。所述remote UE用于实现本申请实施例相关remote UE部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图4-图7所示实施例相关remote UE的功能。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图4-图7所示实施例中任一实施例中relay UE、网络设备或remote UE执行的方法。
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图4-图7所示实施例中任一实施例中relay UE、网络设备或remote UE执行的方法。
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中relay UE、网络设备或remote UE的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
本申请实施例提供的方法中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,简称DSL)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,简称DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的保护范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第一设备生成第一消息,所述第一消息用于恢复与网络设备的连接,所述第一消息还指示所述第一设备恢复连接的原因;
    所述第一设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一消息,其中,所述第一消息的发送由第二设备发送无线接入网通知区域RNA更新触发,或者,所述第一设备恢复的连接用于所述第二设备更新RNA。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一消息包括第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备恢复连接的原因;或者,
    所述第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备恢复连接的原因,所述第二指示用于指示所述第一设备是否为了所述第二设备恢复连接;或者,
    所述第一消息通过第一公共控制信道发送,用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备恢复连接,所述第一消息包括第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备恢复连接的原因;或者,
    所述第一消息通过所述第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,所述第一消息包括第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备恢复连接的原因,其中,发送所述第一消息前,所述第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
    所述第一消息通过第一公共控制信道发送,用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备恢复连接;或者,
    所述第一消息通过所述第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送所述第一消息前,所述第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备进行随机接入。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备的第二消息,其中,所述第二消息用于指示所述第二设备需要更新RNA;或者,
    若所述第一设备当前驻留的小区的接入网区域码RAN-Areacode不属于所述第二设备的RNA,所述第一设备确定向所述网络设备发送所述第一消息。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第二消息包括所述第二设备的RNA包括的RAN-Areacode;或者,
    所述第二消息包括所述第二设备当前驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。
  5. 如权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一设备广播第五消息,所述第五消息包括所述第一设备驻留小区的RAN-Areacode。
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一设备在所述第二设备完成RNA更新后,接收来自所述第二设备的第四消息,所述第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,所述第一寻呼参数用于所述第一设备为所述第二设备监听来自所述网络设备的寻呼。
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,其特征在于,所述第四消息还携带第二寻呼参数,所述第二寻呼参数用于监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,其特征在于,所述第四消息还携带所述第二设备更新后的RNA。
  9. 如权利要求2-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备期望保持在无线资源控制RRC连接态;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备发起信令ro-signalling;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备做RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为做中继业务relay。
  10. 如权利要求2-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第一设备发起数据mo-data;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第一设备发起信令mo-signalling;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第一设备发起语音mo-VoiceCall或视频mo-VideoCall或短消息mo-SMS;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第一设备被寻呼接入mt-Access;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第一设备做RNAU rna-Update且所述第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
  11. 如权利要求2-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一指示是所述第一设备确定所述第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,所述第一设备的非接入NAS层发送给所述第一设备的RRC层的;或者,
    所述第一指示是所述第一设备确定所述第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,所述第一设备的RRC层确定的;或者,
    发送所述第一消息的信道是所述第一设备确定所述第二设备需要发送信令或数据时,所述第一设备的RRC层确定的。
  12. 如权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA,其中,所述至少一个第二设备包括所述第二设备。
  13. 如权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一设备接收来自所述网络设备的RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息用于指示所述第一设备以及所述第二设备进入RRC非激活态。
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC释放消息包括所述第二设备的释放配置信息,以及所述第二设备的标识信息。
  15. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息包括所述第二设备的释放配置信息。
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:
    网络设备接收来自第一设备的第一消息,所述第一消息用于建立或恢复与所述网络设备的连接,所述第一消息还用于指示所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第一设备因为第二设备的业务建立或恢复连接,所述第二设备为通过所述第一设备连接所述网络设备的终端设备。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述网络设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为所述第二设备进行无线接入网通知区域更新RNAU,所述网络设备指示所述第一设备保持在无线资源控制RRC连接态或RRC非激活态;或者,
    所述网络设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因为所述第一设备进行RNAU。
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一消息包括第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;或者,
    所述第一消息包括第一指示和第二指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,所述第二指示用于指示所述第一设备是否为了所述第二设备建立或恢复连接;或者,
    所述第一消息通过第一公共控制信道发送,用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备建立或恢复连接,所述第一消息包括第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因;或者,
    所述第一消息通过所述第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,所述第一消息包括第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备建立或恢复连接的原因,其中,发送所述第一消息前,所述第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备进行随机接入;或者,
    所述第一消息通过第一公共控制信道发送,用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备建立或恢复连接;或者,
    所述第一消息通过所述第一设备接收到随机接入响应消息包含的资源进行发送,其中,发送所述第一消息前,所述第一设备向所述网络设备发送的随机前导码用于指示所述第一设备为了所述第二设备进行随机接入。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备发起数据ro-data;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备发起信令ro-signalling;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备发起语音ro-VoiceCall或视频ro-VideoCall或短消息ro-SMS;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备被寻呼接入rt-Access;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为所述第二设备做无线接入网通知区域更新RNAU r-rna-Update;或者,
    所述第一指示用于指示恢复或建立连接的原因为做中继业务relay。
  20. 如权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一设备期望保持在RRC连接态,所述网络设备确定所述第一设备保持在RRC连接态。
  21. 如权利要求16-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括辅助信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述第一设备需要为至少一个第二设备更新RNA,其中,所述至少一个第二设备包括所述第二设备。
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备为所述第一设备配置上行授权资源,所述上行授权资源用于所述第一设备发送来自所述第二设备的所述辅助信息。
  23. 如权利要求16-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备向所述第一设备发送RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息用于指示所述第一设备以及所述第二设备进入RRC非激活态。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC释放消息包括所述第二设备的释放配置信息,以及所述第二设备的标识信息。
  25. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第二设备向第一设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第二设备需要更新无线接入通知区域RNA;
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息携带第一寻呼参数,所述第一寻呼参数用于为所述第二设备监听来自网络设备的寻呼。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第二设备接收来自至少一个第一设备的第五消息,所述第五消息用于指示对应第一设备的RNA;
    所述第二设备根据各个第一设备的RNA从所述至少一个第一设备中选择所述第一设备。
  27. 如权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四消息还携带第二寻呼参数,所述第二寻呼参数用于监听来自核心网设备的寻呼。
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括相互耦合的收发模块和处理模块,用于执行如权利要求1~15任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求16~24任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求25~27任一项所述的方法。
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~15任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求16~24任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求25~27任一项所述的方法。
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~15中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求16~24中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求25~27中任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/137851 2020-12-15 2021-12-14 一种通信方法及通信装置 WO2022127777A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21905706.4A EP4247105A4 (en) 2020-12-15 2021-12-14 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011479787.6 2020-12-15
CN202011479787 2020-12-15
CN202110057726.9A CN114641090A (zh) 2020-12-15 2021-01-15 一种通信方法及通信装置
CN202110057726.9 2021-01-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022127777A1 true WO2022127777A1 (zh) 2022-06-23

Family

ID=81945597

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/137851 WO2022127777A1 (zh) 2020-12-15 2021-12-14 一种通信方法及通信装置

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4247105A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN114641090A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022127777A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024000178A1 (zh) * 2022-06-28 2024-01-04 上海移远通信技术股份有限公司 无线通信的方法及装置

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109451846A (zh) * 2017-09-22 2019-03-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 实现位置区域更新的方法、装置、用户设备及基站
WO2020091684A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Radio network area update in a wireless communication system
CN112005614A (zh) * 2018-02-14 2020-11-27 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Rrc_inactive状态下的ta更新

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018128519A1 (ko) * 2017-01-09 2018-07-12 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 리모트 ue와 연결을 가진 릴레이 ue가 네트워크와 연결 수행 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
JP7224370B2 (ja) * 2018-05-10 2023-02-17 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) 再開要求の拒否に伴うue挙動
US20210067966A1 (en) * 2018-08-06 2021-03-04 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) User equipment and method in a wireless communications network
CN110831260B (zh) * 2018-08-10 2022-04-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Rrc连接恢复的处理方法、装置及终端
CN114828221A (zh) * 2020-03-05 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及相关装置

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109451846A (zh) * 2017-09-22 2019-03-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 实现位置区域更新的方法、装置、用户设备及基站
CN112005614A (zh) * 2018-02-14 2020-11-27 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Rrc_inactive状态下的ta更新
WO2020091684A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Radio network area update in a wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "RAN2 impacts introduced by Layer 2 SL relay", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2009230, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Electronic meeting; 20201102 - 20201113, 22 October 2020 (2020-10-22), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051941277 *
ERICSSON: "RRC resume cause values", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1806758 - RRC RESUME CAUSE VALUES, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Busan, Republic of Korea; 20180521 - 20180525, 10 May 2018 (2018-05-10), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051463851 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Summary of [AT112-e][611][Relay] Open issues on L2 relay", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #112 ELECTRONIC; ONLINE, NOVEMBER 2ND - 13TH, 2020; R2-2010870, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, no. R2-2010870, 11 November 2020 (2020-11-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 20, XP009537790 *
LENOVO, MOTOROLA MOBILITY: "Considerations on the UE-to-Network relay and UE-to-UE relay case", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2009858, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20201102 - 20201113, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051942660 *
See also references of EP4247105A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024000178A1 (zh) * 2022-06-28 2024-01-04 上海移远通信技术股份有限公司 无线通信的方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114641090A (zh) 2022-06-17
EP4247105A4 (en) 2024-05-01
EP4247105A1 (en) 2023-09-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11219084B2 (en) TA update in RRC_INACTIVE
US20200267688A1 (en) Terminal device, wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and computer program
CN111713174B (zh) 隐式无线电资源控制状态转变
US11178636B2 (en) System information transmission method and apparatus
JP6194896B2 (ja) 通信制御装置、通信制御方法、端末装置及びプログラム
TW201831002A (zh) 處理新無線能力的裝置及方法
WO2019028211A1 (en) SYSTEM INFORMATION ON DEMAND FOR WIRELESS TERMINAL IN A CONNECTED STATE
WO2018126365A1 (zh) 信息传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20230389110A1 (en) Terminal device, core network node, network device and method therein for facilitating paging procedure
WO2022127777A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
US20230363035A1 (en) Methods, nodes and computer readable medium for relay connection establishment
WO2015022813A1 (ja) 通信制御装置、通信制御方法及び端末装置
JP2019525538A (ja) データ伝送方法、アクセスネットワーク装置、端末装置とネットワークエンティティ
EP4132035A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022082568A1 (en) Relay ue-assisted ran notification area update procedure
WO2021258262A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN115529662A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
TWI802901B (zh) 通信方法及通信裝置
WO2022206745A1 (zh) 寻呼指示方法及装置
WO2024066858A1 (zh) 一种通信的方法和装置
WO2022032539A1 (zh) 中继方法和终端
WO2021027000A1 (zh) 一种***信息的获取方法、发送方法及装置
JP2022149928A (ja) 端末、基地局及び無線通信方法

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21905706

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021905706

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230613

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE